Template-fixed peptidomimetics as inhibitors of serine proteases

ABSTRACT

Template-fixed β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the general formulae (I), wherein Z is a template-fixed chain of 7 to 11 α-amino acid residues which, depending on their positions in the chain (counted starting from the N-terminal amino acid) are Gly, or Pro, or of certain types which, as the remaining symbols in the above formulae, are defined in the description and the claims, and salts thereof, have the property to inhibit proteases, in particular serine proteases. These β-hairpin peptidomimetics can be manufactured by a process which is based on a mixed solid- and solution phase synthetic strategy.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is the National Stage of International Application No. PCT/EP01/14528, filed Dec. 11, 2001.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides template-fixed β-hairpin peptidomimetics incorporating a template-fixed chain of 7 or 11 α-amino acid residues which, depending on their position in the chain, are Gly, or Pro, or of certain types, as defined hereinbelow. These template-fixed β-hairpin peptidomimetics are useful as inhibitors of protease enzymes. They are especially valuable as inhibitors of various serine proteases such as trypsin, human cathepsin G, and thrombin. In addition the present invention provides an efficient process by which these compounds can, if desired, be made in library-format. This library-approach constitutes an efficient novel tool to identify specific serine protease inhibitors.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Inhibitors of proteases are emerging with promising therapeutic uses in the treatment of diseases such as cancers (P. Beckett, A. Davidson, A. H. Drummond, M. Whittaker, Drug Disc. Today 1996, 1, 16-26; L. L. Johnson, R. Dyer, D. J. Hupe, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 1998, 2, 466-71; D. Leung, G. Abbenante, and D. P. Fairlie, J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43, 305-341), parasitic, fungal, and viral infections (e.g. schistosomiasis (M. M. Becker, S. A. Harrop, J. P. Dalton, B. H. Kalinna, D. P. McManus, D. P. Brindley, J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 24496-501); malaria (A. M. Silva, A. Y. Lee, S. V. Gulnik, P. Maier, J. Collins, T. N. Bhat, P. J. Collins, R. E. Cachau, K. E. Luker, I. Y. Gluzman, S. E. Francis, A. Oksman, D. E. Goldberg, J. W. Erikson, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 1996, 93, 10034-9), C. albicans (C. Abad-Zapetero, R. Goldman, S. W. Muchmore, C. Hutchins, K. Stewart, J. Navaza, C. D. Payne, T. L. Ray, Protein Sci. 1996, 5, 640-52), HIV (A. Wlodawer, J. W. Erickson, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 1993, 62, 543-85; P. L. Darke, J. R. Huff, Adv. Pharmacol. 1994, 5, 399-454), hepatitis (J. L. Kim, K. A Morgenstern, C. Lin, T. Fox, M. D. Dwyer, J. A. Landro, S. P. Chambers, W. Markland, C. A. Lepre, E. T. O'Malley, S. L. Harbeson, C. M. Rice, M. A. Mureko, P. R. Caron, J. A. Thomson, Cell, 1996, 87, 343-55; R. A. Love, H. E. Parge, J. A. Wickersham, Z. Hostomsky, N. Habuka, E. W. Moomaw, T. Adachi, Z. Hostomska, Cell, 1996, 87, 331-342), herpes (W. Gibson, M. R. Hall, Drug. Des. Discov. 1997, 15, 39-47)], and inflammatory, immunological, respiratory (P. R. Bernstein, P. D. Edwards, J. C. Williams, Prog. Med. Chem. 1994, 31, 59-120; T. E. Hugli, Trends Biotechnol. 1996, 14, 409-12), cardiovascular (M. T. Stubbs, W. A. Bode, Thromb. Res. 1993, 69, 1-58), and neurodegenerative defects including Alzheimer's disease (R. Vassar, B. D. Bennett, S. Babu-Kahn, S. Kahn, E. A. Mendiaz, Science, 1999, 286, 735-41).

As most proteases bind their substrates in extended or ρ-stand conformations, good inhibitors must thus be able to mimick such a conformation. β-Hairpin mimetics are thus ideally suited to lock peptide sequences in an extended conformation.

Among proteases, serine proteases constitute important therapeutic targets. Serine proteases are classified by their substrate specificity, particularly by the type of residue found at P1, as either trypsin-like (positively charged residues Lys/Arg preferred at P1), elastase-like (small hydrophobic residues Ala/Val at P1), or chymotrypsin-like (large hydrophobic residues Phe/Tyr/Leu at P1). Serine proteases for which protease-inhibitor X-ray crystal data is available on the PDB data base (PDB: www.rcsb.org/pdb) include trypsin, α-chymotrypsin, γ-chymotrypsin, human neutrophil elastase, thrombin, subtilisin, human cytomegalovirus, proteinase A, achromobacter, human cathepsin G, glutamic acid-specific protease, carbopeptidase D, blood coagulation factor VIIa, porcine factor 1XA, mesentericopeptidase, HCV protease, and thermitase. Other serine proteases which are of therapeutic interest include tryptase, complement convertase, hepatitis C-NS3 protease. Inhibitors of thrombin (e.g. J. L. Metha, L. Y. Chen, W. W. Nichols, C. Mattsson, D. Gustaffson, T. G. P. Saldeen, J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 1998, 31, 345-51; C. Lila, P. Gloanec, L. Cadet, Y. Herve, J. Fournier, F. Leborgne, T. J. Verbeuren, G. DeNanteuil, Synth. Comm. 1998, 28, 4419-29) and factor Xa (e.g. J. P. Vacca, Annu. Rep. Med. Chem. 1998, 33, 81-90) are in clinical evaluation as anti-thrombotics, inhibitors of elastase (J. R. Williams, R. C. Falcone, C. Knee, R. L. Stein, A. M. Strimpler, B. Reaves, R. E. Giles, R. D. Krell, Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 1991, 144, 875-83) are in clinical trials for emphysema and other pulmonary diseases whereas tryptase inhibitors are currently in phase II clinical trials for asthma (C. Seife, Science 1997, 277, 1602-3). Finally, cathepsin G and elastase are intimately involved in the modulation of activities of cytokines and their receptors. Particularly at sites of inflammation, high concentration of cathepsin G, elastase and proteinase 3 are released from infiltrating polymorphonuclear cells in close temporal correlation to elevated levels of inflammatory cytokines, strongly indicating that these proteases are involved in the control of cytokine bioactivity and availability (U. Bank S. Ansorge, J. Leukoc. Biol. 2001, 69, 177-90). Thus inhibitors of thrombin and cathepsin G constitute valuable targets for novel drug candidates.

Of the many occurring proteinaceous serine protease inhibitors, one is a 14 amino acid cyclic peptide from sunflower seeds, termed sunflower trypsin inhibitor (SFTI-1) (S. Luckett, R. Santiago Garcia, J. J. Barker, A. V. Konarev, P. R. Shewry, A. R. Clarke, R. L. Brady, J. Mol. Biol. 1999, 290, 525-533; Y. -Q. Long, S. -L. Lee, C. -Y. Lin, I. J. Enyedy, S. Wang, P. Li, R. B. Dickson, P. P. Roller, Biorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11, 2515-2519), which shows both sequence and conformational similarity with the trypsin-reactive loop of the Bowman-Birk family of serine protease inhibitors. The inhibitor adopts a β-hairpin conformation when bound to the active site of bovine β-trypsin. SFTI-1 inhibited β-trypsin (K_(i)<0.1 nM), cathepsin G, elastase (K_(i)˜105 μM), chymotrypsin (K_(i)˜7.4 μM) and thrombin (K_(i)˜136 mM).

We illustrate here an approach to inhibitor design which involves transplanting the β-hairpin loop from the naturally occurring peptide onto a hairpin-inducing template. Based on the well defined 3D-structure of the β-hairpin mimetics libraries of compounds can be designed which ultimately can lead to novel inhibitors showing different specificity profiles towards several classes of proteases.

Template-bound hairpin mimetic peptides have been described in the literature (D, Obrecht, M. Altorfer, J. A. Robinson, Adv. Med. Chem. 1999, 4, 1-68; J. A. Robinson, Syn. Lett. 2000, 4, 429-441), but such molecules have not previously been evaluated for development of peptides which inhibit proteases and constitute mimetics of extended peptide conformations. However, the ability to generate β-hairpin peptidomimetics using combinatorial and parallel synthesis methods has now been established (L. Jiang, K. Moehle, B. Dhanapal, D. Obrecht, J. A. Robinson, Helv. Chim. Acta. 2000, 83, 3097-3112). This technology allows to rapidly synthesise libraries of protease inhibitors and to explore key residues which determine the specificity for a given serine protease.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the present invention are compounds of the general formula

is a group of one of the formulae

is the residue of an L-α-amino acid with B being a residue of formula —NR²⁰CH(R⁷¹)— or the enantiomer of one of the groups A1 to A69 as defined hereinafter;

is a group of one of the formulae

-   R¹ is H; lower alkyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R² is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OCONR³³R⁷⁸; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹⁾ _(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OCONR³³R⁷⁸; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR²CONR³³R⁷⁸;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁶ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁷ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(r)CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁸ is H; Cl; F; CF₃; NO₂; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl;     aryl-lower alkyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OCONR³³R⁷⁸; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COR⁶⁴; -   R⁹ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁰ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹¹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OCONR³³R⁷⁸; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰); —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹² is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹³ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁴ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SOR⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁵ is allyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)R⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁶ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁷ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁸ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)R³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R¹⁹ is lower alkyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶⁴; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; or -   R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ taken together can form: —(CH₂)₂₋₆—; —(CH₂)₂O(CH₂)₂—;     —(CH₂)₂S(CH₂)₂—; or —(CH₂)₂NR³⁴(CH₂)₂—; -   R²⁰ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R²¹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(q)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²² is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²³ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²⁴ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)R⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²⁵ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²⁶ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; or -   R²⁵ and R²⁶ taken together can form: —(CH₂)₂₋₆—;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(r)—; —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(r)—; or     —(CH₂)_(r)NR³⁴(CH₂)_(r)—; -   R²⁷ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²⁸ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)—OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R²⁹ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁰ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R³¹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³² is H; lower alkyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R³³ is H; alkyl, alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R⁶³;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OCONR³⁴R⁷⁸; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR²⁰CONR³⁴R⁷⁸;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COR⁶⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)—CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹,     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁴ is H; lower alkyl; aryl, or aryl-lower allyl; -   R³⁵ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁶ is H, alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁷ is H; F; Br; Cl; NO₂; CF₃; lower alkyl;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰(₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁸ is H; F; Br; Cl; NO₂; CF₃; alkyl; alkenyl;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R³⁹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁴⁰ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁴¹ is H; F; Br; Cl; NO₂; CF₃; alkyl; alkenyl;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴² is H; F; Br; Cl; NO₂; CF₃; alkyl; alkenyl;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴³ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴⁴ is alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(r)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴⁵ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(s)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(s)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴⁶ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(p)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁴⁷ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵; -   R⁴⁸ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁴⁹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; (CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     (CHR⁶¹)_(s)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SOR⁶²; or —(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵⁰ is H; lower alkyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁵¹ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(p)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵² is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(s)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(p)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵³ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(p)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵⁴ is H; alkyl; alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁵;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)COOR⁵⁷;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸; -   R⁵⁵ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl-lower alkyl;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³⁴R⁶³;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)—COR⁶⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)COOR⁵⁷; or     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; -   R⁵⁶ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl-lower alkyl;     —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁵⁷; —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³⁴R⁶³;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)—COR⁶⁴; or —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; -   R⁵⁷ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl lower alkyl; or     heteroaryl lower alkyl; -   R⁵⁸ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl; heteroaryl; aryl-lower     alkyl; or heteroaryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁵⁹ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl; heteroaryl; aryl-lower     alkyl; or heteroaryl-lower alkyl; or -   R⁵⁸ and R⁵⁹ taken together can form: —(CH₂)₂₋₆—; —(CH₂)₂O(CH₂)₂—;     —(CH₂)₂S(CH₂)₂—; or —(CH₂)₂NR³⁴(CH₂)₂—; -   R⁶⁰ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁶¹ is alkyl; alkenyl; aryl; heteroaryl; aryl-lower alkyl;     heteroaryl-lower alkyl; —(CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵; —(CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴;     —(CH₂)_(o)COOR³⁷; —(CH₂)_(o)NR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; or —(CH₂)_(o)PO(COR⁶⁰)₂; -   R⁶² is lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl, heteroaryl; or aryl-lower     alkyl; -   R⁶³ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl, heteroaryl; aryl-lower     alkyl; heteroaryl-lower alkyl; —COR⁶⁴; —COOR⁵⁷; —CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —SO₂R⁶²;     or —PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; -   R⁶⁴ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl; heteroaryl; aryl-lower     alkyl; heteroaryl-lower alkyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁶⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁶⁶; or —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)NR³⁴R⁶³; -   R⁶⁵ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl, aryl-lower alkyl;     heteroaryl-lower alkyl; —COR⁵⁷; —COOR⁵⁷; or —CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; -   R⁶⁶ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl; aryl-lower alkyl;     heteroaryl-lower alkyl; or —CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; -   m is 2-4; o is 0-4; p is 1-4; q is 0-2; r is 1 or 2; s is 0 or 1; -   Z is a chain of n α-amino acid residues, n being the integer 7 or     11, the positions of said amino acid residues in said chain being     counted starting from the N-terminal amino acid, whereby these amino     acid residues are, depending on their position in the chains, Gly,     or Pro, or of formula -A-CO—, or of one of the types -   C: —NR²⁰CH(R⁷²)CO—; -   D: —NR²⁰CH(R⁷³)CO—; -   E: —NR²⁰CH(R⁷⁴)CO—; -   F: —NR²⁰CH(R⁸⁴)CO—; and -   H: —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(CH₂)₄₋₇—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—;     —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(CH₂)_(p)SS(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—;     —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(—(CH₂)_(p)NR²⁰CO(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—; and     —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(—(CH₂)_(p)NR²⁰CONR²⁰(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—; -   R⁷¹ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁷⁵;     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁷⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(o)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)COOR⁷⁵; —(CH₂)_(p)CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)PO(OR⁶²)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)—C₆R⁶⁷R⁶⁸R⁶⁹R⁷⁰R⁷⁶; -   R⁷² is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OR⁸⁵; or     —(CH₂)_(p)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁸⁵; -   R⁷³ is —(CH₂)_(o)R⁷⁷; —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(o)R⁷⁷;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(o)R⁷⁷; or —(CH₂)_(r)NR²⁰(CH₂)_(o)R⁷⁷; -   R⁷⁴ is —(CH₂)_(p)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)C(═NNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)NR⁸⁰C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NRR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁸⁰C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(m)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C(═NNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(m)NR⁸⁰C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄CNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)O(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁸⁰C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹:     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(m)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p) C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C(═NNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(m)NR⁸⁰C(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄CNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NR⁸⁰NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NOR⁵⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄C(═NNR⁷⁸R⁷⁹)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(r)S(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁸⁰C—(═NR⁸⁰)NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)NR⁸⁰CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; or —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁸⁰CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; -   R⁷⁵ is lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁷⁶ is H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; aryl-lower alkyl;     —(CH₂)_(o)OR⁷²; —(CH₂)_(o)SR⁷²; —(CH₂)_(o)R³³R³⁴; —(CH₂)_(o)COOR⁷⁵;     —(CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹; —(CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂; —(CH₂)_(p)SO₂R⁶²; or     —(CH₂)_(o)COR⁶⁴; -   R⁷⁷ is —C₆R⁶⁷R⁶⁸R⁶⁹R⁷⁰R⁷⁶; or a heteroaryl group of one of the     formulae

-   R⁷⁸ is H; lower alkyl; aryl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁷⁹ is H; lower all; aryl; or aryl-lower alkyl; or -   R⁷⁸ and R⁷⁹, taken together, can be —(CH₂)₂₋₇—; —(CH₂)₂O(CH₂)₂—, or     —(CH₂)₂NR³³(CH₂)₂—; -   R⁸⁰ is H; or lower alkyl; -   R⁸¹ is H; lower alkyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁸² is H; lower alkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; or aryl-lower alkyl; -   R⁸³ is H; lower alkyl; aryl; or —NR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; -   R⁸⁴ is —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)OH; —(CH₂)_(p)CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹;     —(CH₂)_(p)NR⁸⁰CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; —(CH₂)_(p)COOR⁸⁰     or —(CH₂)_(p)C₆H₄NR⁸⁰CONR⁷⁸R⁷⁹; -   R⁸⁵ is lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;     with the proviso that in said chain of n α-amino acid residues Z     -   if n is 7, the amino acid residues in positions 1 to 7 are:         -   P1: of type C or of type F or of type D;         -   P2: of type E or of type C or of type D or of type F;         -   P3: of type F or of type C, or the residue is Gly or Pro;         -   P4: of type C or of type D or of type F, or the residue is             Gly or Pro;         -   P5: of type F or of formula -A-CO—, or the residue is Gly or             Pro;         -   P6: of type C or of type E or of formula -A-CO—, or the             residue is Pro;         -   P7: of type C or of type F or of type D;     -   if n is 11, the amino acid residues in positions 1 to 11 are:         -   P1: of type E or of type F or of type C;         -   P2: of type C or of type F or of type E;         -   P3: of type C or of type F;         -   P4: of type E or of type C or of type D or of type F, or the             residue is Gly or Pro;         -   P5: of type F or of type C, or the residue is Gly or Pro;         -   P6: of type C or of type D or of type F, or the residue is             Gly or Pro;         -   P7: of type F or of formula -A-CO—, or the residue is Gly or             Pro;         -   P8: of type C or of type E or of formula -A-CO—, or the             residue is Gly or Pro;         -   P9: of type C or of type F;         -   P10: of type F or of type C;         -   P11: of type D or of type or of type F or of type C; or         -   P2 and P10, taken together, can form a group of type H;             and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof

In accordance with the present invention these β-hairpin peptidomimetics can be prepared by a process which comprises

-   (a) coupling an appropriately functionalized solid support with an     appropriately N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the     desired end-product is in position n/2+½ or n/2−½, any functional     group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative     being likewise appropriately protected; -   (b) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; -   (c) coupling the product thus obtained with an appropriately     N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired     end-product is one position nearer the N-terminal amino acid     residue, any functional group which may be present in said     N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise appropriately     protected; -   (d) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; -   (e) repeating, if necessary, steps (c) and (d) until the N-terminal     amino acid residue has been introduced; -   (f) coupling the product thus obtained to a compound of the general     formula

is as defined above and X is an N-protecting group or, if

is to be group (a1) or (a2), above, alternatively

-   -   (fa) coupling the product obtained in step (d) or (e) with an         appropriately N-protected derivative of an ammo acid of the         general formula         HOOC-B-H  III         or         HOOC-A-H  IV     -   wherein B and A are as defined above, any functional group which         may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being         likewise appropriately protected;     -   (fb) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus         obtained; and     -   (fc) coupling the product thus obtained with an appropriately         N-protected derivative of an amino acid of the above general         formula IV and, respectively, m, any functional group which may         be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being         likewise appropriately protected;

-   (g) removing the N-protecting group from the product obtained in     step (f) or (fc);

-   (h) coupling the product thus obtained to an appropriately     N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired     end-product is in position n, any functional group which may be     present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise     appropriately protected;

-   (i) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained;

-   (j) coupling the product thus obtained to an appropriately     N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired     end-product is one position farther away from position n, any     functional group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid     derivative being likewise appropriately protected;

-   (k) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained;

-   (l) repeating, if necessary, steps (j) and (k) until all amino acid     residues have been introduced;

-   (m) if desired, selectively deprotecting one or several protected     functional group(s) present in the molecule and appropriately     substituting the reactive group(s) thus liberated;

-   (o) detaching the product thus obtained from the solid support;

-   (p) cyclizing the product cleaved from the solid support;

-   (q) if desired, forming an interstrand linkage between side-chains     of appropriate amino acid residues at opposite positions of the     β-strand region;

-   (r) removing any protecting groups present on functional groups of     any members of the chain of amino acid residues and, if desired, any     protecting group(s) which may in addition be present in the     molecule; and

-   (r) if desired, converting the product thus obtained into a     pharmaceutically acceptable salt or converting a pharmaceutically     acceptable, or unacceptable, salt thus obtained into the     corresponding free compound of formula I or into a different,     pharmaceutically acceptable, salt.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS

As used in this description, the term “alkyl”, taken alone or in combinations, designates saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having up to 24, preferably up to 12, carbon atoms. Similarly, the term “alkenyl” designates straight chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having up to 24, preferably up to 12, carbon atoms and containing at least one or, depending on the chain length, up to four olefinic double bonds. The term “lower” designates radicals and compounds having up to 6 carbon atoms. Thus, for example, the term “lower alkyl” designates saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having up to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec.-butyl, isobutyl, tert.-butyl and the like. The term “aryl” designates aromatic carbocyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing one or two six-membered rings, such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be substituted by up to three substituents such as Br, Cl, F, CF₃, NO₂, lower alkyl or lower alkenyl. The term “heteroaryl” designates aromatic heterocyclic radicals containing one or two five- and/or six-membered rings, at least one of them containing up to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N and said ring(s) being optionally substituted; representative examples of such optionally substituted heteroaryl radicals are indicated hereinabove in connection with the definition of R⁷⁷.

The structural element —A—CO— designates amino acid building blocks which in combination with the structural element —B—CO— form templates (a1) and (a2). Templates (a) through (p) constitute building blocks which have an N-terminus and a c-terminus oriented in space in such a way that the distance between those two groups may lie between 4.0-5.5A. A peptide chain is linked to the C-terminus and the N-terminus of the templates (a) through (p) via the corresponding N- and C-termini so that the template and the chain form a cyclic structure such as that depicted in formula I. In a case as here where the distance between the N- and C-termini of the template lies between 4.0-5.5A the template will induce the H-bond network necessary for the formation of a β-hairpin conformation in the peptide chain Z. Thus template and peptide chain form a β-hairpin mimetic. The β-hairpin conformation is highly relevant for the protease inhibitory activities of the β-hairpin mimetics of the present invention. The β-hairpin stabilizing conformational properties of the templates (a) through (p) play a key role not only for protease inhibitory activity but also for the synthesis process defined hereinabove, as incorporation of the templates near the middle of the linear protected peptide precursors enhance significantly cyclization yields.

Building blocks A1-A69 belong to a class of amino acids wherein the N-terminus is a secondary amine forming part of a ring. Among the genetically encoded amino acids only proline falls into this class. The configuration of building block A1 through A69 is (D), and they are combined with a building block -B-CO— of (L)-configuration. Preferred combinations for templates (a1) are -^(D)A1—CO—^(L)B—CO— to ^(D)A69—CO—^(L)B—CO—. Thus, for example, ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro constitutes the prototype of templates (a1). Less preferred, but possible are combinations where templates (a2) are -^(L)A1—CO—^(D)B—CO— to ^(L)A69—CO—^(D)B—CO—. Thus, for example, ^(L)Pro-^(D)Pro constitutes a less preferred prototype of template (a2).

It will be appreciated that building blocks —A1—CO— to —A69CO— in which A has (D)-configuration, are carrying a group R¹ at the α-position to the N-terminus. The preferred values for R¹ are H and lower alkyl with the most preferred values for R¹ being H and methyl. It will be recognized by those skilled in the art, that A1—A69 are shown in (D)-configuration which, for R¹ being H and methyl, corresponds to the (2)-configuration. Depending on the priority of other values for R¹ according to the Cahn, Ingold and Prelog-rules, this configuration may also have to be expressed as (S).

In addition to R¹ building blocks —A1—CO— to —A69—CO— can carry an additional substituent designated as R² to R¹⁷. This additional substituent can be H, and if it is other than H, it is preferably a small to medium-sized aliphatic or aromatic group. Examples of preferred values for R² to R¹⁷ are:

-   -   R²: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)OCONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         R⁷⁸: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R²⁰: H or         lower alkyl; R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R⁷⁸: H; or         lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower         alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷         (where R⁵⁷: lower; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where         R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R³: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)R⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁵: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)OCONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         R⁷⁸: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R²⁰: H or         lower alkyl; R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R⁷⁸: H; or         lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower         alkyl; R⁶⁴: alkyl; alkenyl; aryl; and aryl-lower alkyl;         heteroaryl-lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁶: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁷: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(q)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(q)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(r)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(r)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(r)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵         (where R⁵⁵: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where         R⁵⁶: H; or lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴         (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H or lower         alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)OCONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl; R⁷⁸: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸ (where         R²⁰: H or lower alkyl; R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R⁷⁸:         H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or         lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH)_(o)COOR⁵⁷         (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹         (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower         alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); or (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower         alkyl; lower alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁹: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹⁰: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷         (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹         (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower         alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); or (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower         alkyl; lower alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹¹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)OCONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         R⁷⁸: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R²⁰: H;         or lower alkyl; R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R⁷⁸: H; or         lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR²⁰COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl;         R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹²: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(r)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(r)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(r)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹³: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(q)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(q)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(r)COO⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(r)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(r)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹⁴: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹⁵: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); particularly favoured are NR²⁰CO lower         alkyl (R²⁰═H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹⁶: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R¹⁷: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(q)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(q)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(r)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(q)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(r)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(r)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).

Among the building blocks A1 to A69 the following are preferred: A5 with R² being H, A8, A22, A25, A38 with R² being H, A42, A47, and A50. Most preferred are building blocks of type A8′ and A8″:

wherein R²⁰ is H or lower alkyl; and R⁶⁴ is alkyl; alkenyl; aryl; aryl-lower alkyl; or heteroaryl-lower alkyl; and R⁷⁵ is lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl; especially those wherein R⁷⁵ is allyl (A8′-1) and R⁶⁴ is n-hexyl (A8″-1).

Building block A70 belongs to the class of open-chained α-substituted α-amino acids, building blocks A71 and A72 to the corresponding β-amino acid analogues and building blocks A73—A104 to the cyclic analogues of A70. Such amino acid derivatives have been shown to constrain small peptides in well defined reverse turn or U-shaped conformations (C. M. Venkatachalam, Biopolymers, 1968, 6, 1425-1434; W. Kabsch, C Sander, Biopolymers 1983, 22, 2577). Such building blocks or templates are ideally suited for the stabilization of β-hairpin conformations in peptide loops (D. Obrecht, M. Altorfer, J. A. Robinson, “Novel Peptide Mimetic Building Blocks and Strategies for Efficient Lead Finding”, Adv. Med Chem. 1999, Vol. 4, 1-68; P. Balaram, “Non-standard amino acids in peptide design and protein engineering”, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 1992, 2, 845-851; M. Crisma, G. Valle, C. Toniolo, S. Prasad, R. B. Rao, P. Balaram, “β-turn conformations in crystal structures of model peptides containing α,α-disubstituted amino acids”, Biopolymers 1995, 35, 1-9; V. J. Hruby, F. Al-Obeidi, W. Kazmierski, Biochem. J. 1990, 268, 249-262).

It has been shown that both enantiomers of building blocks —A70—CO— to A104CO— in combination with a building block -B—CO— of L-configuration can efficiently stabilize and induce β-hairpin conformations (D. Obrecht, M. Altorfer, J. A. Robinson, “Novel Peptide Mimetic Building Blocks and Strategies for Efficient Lead Finding”, Adv. Med Chem. 1999, Vol. 4, 1-68; D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, J. Daly, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 10883-10900; D. Obrecht, C. Lehmann, C. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 1567-1587; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, H. Karajiannis, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 703-714).

Thus, for the purposes of the present invention templates (a1) can also consist of —A70—CO— to A104—CO— where building block A70 to A104 is of either (D)- or (L)-configuration, in combination with a building block -B—CO— of (L)-configuration.

Preferred values for R²⁰ in A70 to A104 are H or lower alkyl with methyl being most preferred. Preferred values for R¹⁸, R¹⁹ and R²¹-R²⁹ in building blocks A70 to A104 are the following:

-   -   R¹⁸: lower alkyl     -   R¹⁹: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (C₂)_(p)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(p)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(o)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²¹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²²: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)R⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²³: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)R⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); particularly favoured are NR²⁰COlower         alkyl (R²⁰═H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁴: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)R⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); particularly favoured are NR²⁰COlower         alkyl (R²⁰═H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁵: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)NR³³R³⁴(where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁶: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   Alternatively, R²⁵ and R²⁶ taken together can be —(CH₂)₂₋₆—;         —(CH₂)₂O(CH₂)₂—; —(CH₂)₂S(CH₂)₂—; or —(CH₂)₂NR³⁴(CH₂)₂—;     -   R²⁷: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁸: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower alkyl;         or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N²(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴         (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl, or lower         alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where         R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H;         F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁹: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); particularly favoured are         NR²⁰COlower-alkyl (R²⁰═H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷         (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹         (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower         alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰) (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower         alkenyl); or (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower         alkyl; lower alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).

For templates (b) to (p), such as (b1) and (c1), the preferred values for the various symbols are the following:

-   -   R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(o)R⁵⁵         (where R⁵⁵: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)SR⁵⁶ (where         R⁵⁶: H; or lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)NR³³R³⁴         (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H or lower         alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl;         R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl     -   R³⁰: H, methyl     -   R³¹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(r)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy); most preferred are CH₂CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (R⁵⁸:         H; or lower alkyl; R⁵⁹: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl).     -   R³²: H, methyl     -   R³³: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)OCONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         R⁷⁸: H; or lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR²⁰CONR³³R⁷⁸ (where R²⁰: H or         lower alkyl; R³³: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R⁷⁸: H; or         lower alkyl); (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower         alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷         (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹         (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower         alkyl).     -   R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl.     -   R³⁵: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where:         R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl).     -   R³⁶: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl.     -   R³⁷: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R³⁸: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R³⁹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where:         R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl;         and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl).     -   R⁴⁰: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl.     -   R⁴¹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; Re: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴²: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower allyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R₄₃: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)PO(OR⁶⁰)₂ (where R⁶⁰: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl);         (CH₂)_(o)SO₂R⁶² (where R⁶²: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); or         (CH₂)_(q)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴⁴: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(p)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(p)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or         (CH₂)_(o)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴⁵: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(s)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(s)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)N³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or         (CH₂)_(s)C₆H₄R³ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴⁶: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(s)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(s)SR⁵⁶ (where R⁵⁶: H; or         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(o)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or         (CH₂)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁴⁷: H; or OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵: lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl).     -   R⁴⁸: H; or lower alkyl.     -   R⁴⁹: H; lower alkyl; (CH₂)_(o)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower alkyl; or         lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(o)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower alkyl; or         lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or (CH₂)_(s)C₆H₄R⁸         (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower allyl; lower alkenyl; or lower         alkoxy).     -   R⁵⁰: H; methyl     -   R⁵¹: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or         (CH₂)_(r)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁵²: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)NR³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl), or         (CH₂)_(r)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁵³: H; lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; (CH₂)_(m)OR⁵⁵ (where R⁵⁵:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(m)R³³R³⁴ (where R³³:         lower alkyl; or lower alkenyl; R³⁴: H; or lower alkyl);         (CH₂)_(m)N(R²⁰)COR⁶⁴ (where: R²⁰: H; or lower alkyl; R⁶⁴: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)COOR⁵⁷ (where R⁵⁷: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl); (CH₂)_(p)CONR⁵⁸R⁵⁹ (where R⁵⁸: lower         alkyl; or lower alkenyl; and R⁵⁹: H; lower alkyl); or         (CH₂)_(r)C₆H₄R⁸ (where R⁸: H; F; Cl; CF₃; lower alkyl; lower         alkenyl; or lower alkoxy).     -   R⁵⁴: lower alkyl; lower alkenyl; or aryl-lower alkyl.

Among the building blocks A70 to A104 the following are preferred: A74 with R²² being H, A75, A76, A77 with R²² being H, A78 and A79.

The building block -B—CO— within template (a1) and (a2) designates an L-amino acid residue. Preferred values for B are: —NR²⁰CH(R⁷¹)— and enantiomers of groups A5 with R² being H, A8, A22, A25, A38 with R² being H, A42, A47, and A50. Most preferred are

-   -   Ala L-Alanine     -   Arg L-Arginine     -   Asn L-Asparagine     -   Cys L-Cysteine     -   Gln L-Glutamine     -   Gly Glycine     -   His L-Histidine     -   Ile L-Isoleucine     -   Leu L-Leucine     -   Lys L-Lysine     -   Met L-Methionine     -   Phe L-Phenylalanine     -   Pro L-Proline     -   Ser L-Serine     -   Thr L-Threonine     -   Trp L-Tryptophan     -   Tyr L-Tyrosine     -   Val L-Valine     -   Cit L-Citrulline     -   Orn L-Ornithine     -   tBuA L-t-Butylalanine     -   Sar Sarcosine     -   t-BuG L-tert.-Butylglycine     -   4AmPhe L-para-Aminophenylalanine     -   3AmPhe L-meta-Aminophenylalanine     -   2AmPhe L-ortho-Aminophenylalanine     -   Phe(mC(NH₂)═NH) L-meta-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pC(NH₂)═NH) L-para-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(mNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-meta-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-para-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Phg L-Phenylglycine     -   Cha L-Cyclohexylalanine     -   C₄al L-3-Cyclobutylalanine     -   C₅al L 3-Cyclopentylalanine     -   Nle L-Norleucine     -   2-Nal L-2-Naphthylalanine     -   1-Nal L-1-Naphthylalanine     -   4Cl-Phe L-4-Chlorophenylalanine     -   3Cl-Phe L-3-Chlorophenylalanine     -   2Cl-Phe L-2Chlorophenylalanine     -   3,4Cl₂₋Phe L-3,4-Dichlorophenylalanine     -   4F-Phe L-4-Fluorophenylalanine     -   3F-Phe L-3-Fluorophenylalanine     -   2F-Phe L-2-Fluorophenylalanine     -   Tic L-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid     -   Thi L-β-2-Thienylalanine     -   Tza L-2-Thiazolylalanine     -   Mso L-Methionine sulfoxide     -   AcLys L-N-Acetyllysine     -   Dpr L-2,3-Diaminopropionic acid     -   A₂Bu L-2,4-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Dbu (S)-2,3-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Abu γ—Aminobutyric acid (GABA)     -   Aha ε—Aminohexanoic acid     -   Aib α—Aminoisobutyric acid     -   Y(Bzl) L-O-Benzyltyrosine     -   Bip L-Biphenylalanine     -   S(Bzl) L-O-Benzylserine     -   T(Bzl) L-O-Benzylthreonine     -   hCha L-Homo-cyclohexylalanine     -   hCys L-Homo-cysteine     -   hSer L-Homo-serine     -   hArg L-Homo-arginine     -   hPhe L-Homo-phenylalanine     -   Bpa L Benzoylphenylalanine     -   Pip L-Pipecolic acid     -   OctG L-Octylglycine     -   MePhe L-N-Methylphenylalanine     -   MeNle L-N-Methylnorleucine     -   MeAla L-N-Methylalanine     -   MeIle L-N-Methylisoleucine     -   MeVal L-N-Methvaline     -   MeLeu L-N-Methylleucine

In addition, the most preferred values for B also include groups of type A8′″ of (L)-configuration:

wherein R²⁰ is H or lower alkyl and R⁶⁴ is alkyl; alkenyl; aryl; aryl-lower alkyl; or heteroaryl-lower alkyl; especially those wherein R⁶⁴ is n-hexyl (A8′″-1).

The peptidic chains Z of the β-hairpin mimetics described herein is generally defined in terms of amino acid residues belonging to one of the following groups:

-   -   Group C —NR²⁰CH(R⁷²)CO—; <<hydrophobic: small to medium-sized>>     -   Group D —NR²⁰CH(R⁷³)CO—; <<hydrophobic: large aromatic or         heteroaromatic>>     -   Group E —NR²⁰CH(R⁷⁴)CO—; “polar-cationic” and “urea-derived”     -   Group F —NR²⁰CH(R⁸⁴)CO—; “polar-non-charged” and “anionic”     -   Group H —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(CH₂)₄₋₇—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—;         —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(CH₂)_(p)SS(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—;         —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(—(CH₂)_(p)CO(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—; and         —NR²⁰—CH(CO—)—(—(CH₂)_(p)NR²⁰CONR²⁰(CH₂)_(p)—CH(CO—)—NR²⁰—,         “interstrand linkage”

Furthermore, the amino acid residues in chain Z can also be of formula —A—CO— wherein A is as defined above.

Group C comprises amino acid residues with small to medium-sized hydrophobic side chain groups according to the general definition for substituent R⁷². A hydrophobic residue refers to an amino acid side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH and that is repelled by aqueous solution. Furthermore these side chains generally do not contain hydrogen bond donor groups, such as (but not limited to) primary and secondary amides, primary and secondary amines and the corresponding protonated salts thereof, thiols, alcohols, phosphonates, phosphates, ureas or thioureas. However, they may contain hydrogen bond acceptor groups such as ethers, thioethers, esters, tertiary amides, alkyl- or aryl phosphonates and phosphates or tertiary amines. Genetically encoded small-to-medium-sized amino acids include alanine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine and valine.

Group D comprises amino acid residues with aromatic and heteroaromatic side chain groups according to the general definition for substituent R⁷³. An aromatic amino acid residue refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain containing at least one ring having a conjugated π-electron system (aromatic group). In addition they may contain hydrogen bond donor groups such as (but not limited to) primary and secondary amides, primary and secondary amines and the corresponding protonated salts thereof, thiols, alcohols, phosphonates, phosphates, ureas or thioureas, and hydrogen bond acceptor groups such as (but not limited to) ethers, thioethers, esters, tetriary amides, alkyl- or aryl phosphonates -and phosphates or tertiary amines. Genetically encoded aromatic amino acids include phenylalanine and tyrosine.

A heteroaromatic amino acid residue refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain containing at least one ring having a conjugated π-system incorporating at least one heteroatom such as (but not limited to) O, S and N according to the general definition for substituent R⁷⁷. In addition they may contain hydrogen bond donor groups such as (but not limited to) primary and secondary amides, primary and secondary amines and the corresponding protonated salts thereof, thiols, alcohols, phosphonates, phosphates, ureas or thioureas, and hydrogen bond acceptor groups such as (but not limited to) ethers, thioethers, esters, tetriary amides, alkyl- or aryl phosphonates -and phosphates or tertiary amines. Genetically encoded heteroaromatic amino acids include tryptophan and histidine.

Group E comprises amino acids containing side chains with polar-cationic and urea-derived residues according to the general definition for substituen R⁷⁴. Polar-cationic refers to a basic side chain which is protonated at physiological pH. Genetically encoded polar-cationic amino acids include arginine, lysine and histidine. Citrulline is an example for an amino acid containing a urea-derived residue.

Group F comprises amino acids containing side chains with polar-non-charged or anionic residues according to the general definition for substituent R⁸⁴. A polar-non-charged or anionic residue refers to a hydrophilic side chain that is uncharged and, respectively, anionic at physiological pH (carboxylic acids are included), but that is not repelled by aqueous solutions. Such side chains typically contain hydrogen bond donor groups such as (but not limited to) primary and secondary amides, carboxylic acids and esters, primary and secondary amines, thiols, alcohols, phosphonates, phosphates, ureas or thioureas. These groups can form hydrogen bond networks with water molecules. In addition they may also contain hydrogen bond acceptor groups such as (but not limited to) ethers, thioethers, esters, tetriary amides, carboxylic acids and carboxylates, alkyl- or aryl phosphonates -and phosphates or tertiary amines. Genetically encoded polar-non-charged and anionic amino acids include asparagine, cysteine, glutamine, serine and threonine but also aspartic acid and glutamic acid.

Group H comprises side chains of preferably (L)-amino acids at opposite positions of the β-strand region that can form an interstrand linkage. The most widely known linkage is the disulfide bridge formed by cysteines and homo-cysteines positioned at opposite positions of the β-strand. Various methods are known to form disulfide linkages including those described by: J. P. Tam et al. Synthesis 1979, 955-957; Stewart et al., Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d Ed., Pierce Chemical Company, III., 1984; Ahmed et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1975, 250, 8477-8482; and Pennington et al., Peptides, pages 164-166, Giralt and Andreu, Eds., ESCOM Leiden, The Netherlands, 1990. Most advantageously, for the scope of the present invention, disulfide linkages can be prepared as described hereinafter in the pertinent Examples (procedure 3), using acetamidomethyl (Acm)-protective groups for cysteine. A well established interstrand linkage consists in linking ornithines and lysines, respectively, with glutamic and aspartic acid residues located at opposite β-strand positions by means of an amide bond formation. Preferred protective groups for the side chain amino-groups of ornithine and lysine are allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc) and allylesters for aspartic and glutamic acid. Finally, interstrand linkages can also be established by linking the amino groups of lysine and ornithine located at opposite β-strand positions with reagents such as N,N-carbonylimidazole to form cyclic ureas.

As mentioned earlier, positions for interstrand linkages are the following:

-   -   if n=11: Positions P2 and P10 taken together.

Such interstrand linkages are known to stabilize the β-hairpin conformations and thus constitute an important structural element for the design of β-hairpin mimetics.

Most preferred amino acid residues in chain Z are those derived from natural α-amino acids. Hereinafter follows a list of amino acids which, or the residues of which, are suitable for the purposes of the present invention, the abbreviation corresponding to generally adopted usual practice:

three letter code one letter code Ala L-Alanine A Arg L-Arginine R Asn L-Asparagine N Asp L-Aspartic acid D Cys L-Cysteine C Glu L-Glutamic acid E Gln L-Glutamine Q Gly Glycine G His L-Histidine H Ile L-Isoleucine I Leu L-Leucine L Lys L-Lysine K Met L-Methionine M Phe L-Phenylalanine F Pro L-Proline P ^(D)Pro D-Proline ^(D)P Ser L-Serine S Thr L-Threonine T Trp L-Tryptophan W Tyr L-Tyrosine Y Val L-Valine V

Other α-amino acids which, or the residues of which, are suitable for the purposes of the present invention include:

-   -   Cit L-Citrulline     -   Orn L-Ornithine     -   tBuA L-t-Butylalanine     -   Sar Sarcosine     -   Pen L-Penicillamine     -   t-BuG L-tert.-Butylglycine     -   4AmPhe L-para-Aminophenylalanine     -   3AmPhe L-meta-Aminophenylalanine     -   2AmPhe L-ortho-Aminophenylalanine     -   Phe(mC(NH₂)═NH L-meta-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pC(NH₂)═NW L-para-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(mNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-meta-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-para-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Phg L-Phenylglycine     -   Cha L-Cyclohexylalanine     -   C₄al L-3-Cyclobutylalanine     -   C₅al L-3Cyclopentylalanine     -   Nle L-Norleucine     -   2-Nal L-2-Naphthylalanine     -   1-Nal L-1-Naphthylalanine     -   4Cl-Phe L-4-Chlorophenylalanine     -   3Cl-Phe L-3-Chlorophenylalanine     -   2Cl-Phe L-2-Chlorophenylalanine     -   3,4Cl₂-Phe L-3,4-Dichlorophenylalanine     -   4F-Phe L-4-Fluorophenylalanine     -   3F-Phe L-3-Fluorophenylalanine     -   2F-Phe L-2-Fluorophenylalanine     -   Tic 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid     -   Thi L-β-2-Thienylalanine     -   Tza L-2-Thiazolylalanine     -   Mso L-Methionine sulfoxide     -   AcLys N-Acetyllysine     -   Dpr 2,3-Diaminopropionic acid     -   A₂Bu 2,4-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Dbu (S)-2,3-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Abu γ—Aminobutyric acid (GABA)     -   Aha ε—Aminohexanoic acid     -   Aib α—Aminoisobutyric acid     -   Y(Bzl) L-O-Benzyltyrosine     -   Bip L-(4-phenyl)phenylalanine     -   S(Bzl) L-O-Benzylserine     -   T(Bzl) L-O-Benzylthreonine     -   hCha L-Homo-cyclohexylalanine     -   hCys L-Homo-cysteine     -   hSer L-Homo-serine     -   hArg L-Homo-arginine     -   hPhe L-Homo-phenylalanine     -   Bpa L-4-Benzoylphenylalanine     -   4—AmPyrr1 (2S,4S)-4—Amino-pyrrolidine-L-carboxylic acid     -   4—AmPyrr2 (2S,4R)-4—Amino-pyrrolidine-L-carboxylic acid     -   4-PhePyrr1 (2S,5R)-4-Phenyl-pyrrolidine-L-carboxylic acid     -   4-PhePyrr2 (2S,5S)-4-Phenyl-pyrrolidine-L-carboxylic acid     -   5-PhePyrr1 (2S,5R)-5-Phenyl-pyrrolidine-carboxylic acid     -   5-PhePyrr2 (2S,5S)-5-Phenyl-pyrrolidine-L-carboxylic acid     -   Pro(4-OH)1 (4S)-L-Hydroxyproline     -   Pro(4-OH)2 (4R)-L-Hydroxyproline     -   Pip L-Pipecolic acid     -   ^(D)Pip D-Pipecolic acid     -   OctG L-Octylglycine     -   MePhe L-N-Methylphenylalanine     -   MeNle L-N-Methylnorleucine     -   MeAla L-N-Methylalanine     -   MeIle L-N-Methylisoleucine     -   MeVal L-N-Methylvaline     -   MeLeu L-N-Methylleucine

Particularly preferred residues for group C are:

-   -   Ala L-Alanine     -   Ile L-Isoleucine     -   Leu L-Leucine     -   Met L-Methionine     -   Val L-Valine     -   tBuA L-t-Butylalanine     -   t-BuG L-tert.-Butylglycine     -   Cha L-Cyclohexylalanine     -   C₄al L-3-C-Cyclobutylalanine     -   C₅al L-3-Cyclopentylalanine     -   Nle L-Norleucine     -   hCha L-Homo-cyclohexylalanine     -   OctG L-Octylglycine     -   MePhe L-N-Methylphenylalanine     -   MeNle L-N-Methylnorleucine     -   MeAla L-N-Methylalanine     -   MeIle L-N-Methylisoleucine     -   MeVal L-N-Methylvaline     -   MeLeu L-N-Methylleucine

Particularly preferred residues for group D are:

-   -   His L-Histidine     -   Phe L-Phenylalanine     -   Trp L-Tryptophan     -   Tyr L-Tyrosine     -   Phg L-Phenylglycine     -   2-Nal L-2-Naphthylalanine     -   1-Nal L-1-Naphthylalanine     -   4Cl-Phe L-4-Chlorophenylalanine     -   3Cl-Phe L-3-Chlorophenylalanine     -   2Cl-Phe L-2Chlorophenylalanine     -   3,4Cl₂-Phe L-3,4-Dichlorophenylalanine     -   4F-Phe L-4-Fluorophenylalanine     -   3F-Phe L-3-Fluorophenylalanine     -   2F-Phe L-2-Fluorophenylalanine     -   Thi L-4-β-2-Thienylalanine     -   Tza L-2-Thiazolylalanine     -   Y(Bzl) L-O-Benzyltyrosine     -   Bip L-Biphenyalanine     -   S(Bzl) L-Benzylserine     -   T(Bzl) L-O-Benzylthreonine     -   hPhe L-Homo-phenylalanine     -   Bpa L-4-Benzoylphenylalanine

Particularly preferred residues for group E are

-   -   Arg L-Arginine     -   Lys L-Lysine     -   Orn L-Ornithine     -   Dpr L-2,3-Diaminopropionic acid     -   A₂Bu L-2,4-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Dbu (S)-2,3-Diaminobutyric acid     -   Phe(pNH₂) L-para-Aminophenylalanine     -   Phe(mNH₂) L-meta-Aminophenylalanine     -   Phe(oNH₂) L-ortho-Aminophenylalanine     -   hArg L-Homo-arginine     -   Phe(mC(NH₂)═NH) L-meta-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pC(NH₂)═NH) L-para-Amidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(mNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-meta-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Phe(pNHC(NH₂)═NH) L-para-Guanidinophenylalanine     -   Cit L-Citrulline

Particularly preferred residues for group F are

-   -   Asp L-Aspartic acid     -   Asn L-Asparagine     -   Cys L-Cysteine     -   Glu L-Glutamic acid     -   Gln L-Glutamine     -   Ser L-Serine     -   Thr L-Threonine     -   Cit L-Citrulline     -   Pen L-Penicillamine     -   AcLys L-N^(c)—Acetyllysine     -   hCys L-Homo-cysteine     -   hSer L-Homo-serine

Generally, the peptidic chain Z within the β-hairpin mimetics of the invention comprises 7 or 11 amino acid residues (n=7 or 11). The positions P¹ to P^(n) of each amino acid residue in the chain Z are unequivocally defined as follows: P¹ represents the first amino acid in the chain Z that is coupled with its N-terminus to the C-terminus of the templates (b)-(p) or of group -B—CO— in template (a1), or of Group —A—CO— in template (A2) and P^(n) represents the last amino acid in the chain Z that is coupled with its C-terminus to the N-terminus of the templates (b)-(p) or of group -A—CO— in template (a1) or of group -B—CO— in template (A2). Each of the positions P¹ to P^(n) will preferably contain an amino acid residue belonging to one or two or three of above types C to F, or being Pro, as follows:

-   -   if n is 7, the amino acid residues in position 1-7 are         preferably:         -   P1: of type C or of type F;         -   P2: of type E or of type D or of type C;         -   P3: of type F or of type C;         -   P4: of type C or type F or of type D;         -   P5: of type F, or the residue is Pro;         -   P6: of type C or of type E, or the residue is Pro;         -   P7: of type C or of type F;     -   if n is II, the amino acid residues in position 1-11 are         preferably:         -   P1: of type E or of type F;         -   P2: of type C or of type F;         -   P3: of type C;         -   P4: of type E or of type D or of type C;         -   P5: of type F or of type C;         -   P6: of type C, or of type D;         -   P7: of type F, or the residue is Pro;         -   P8: of type C or of type E, or the residue is Pro;         -   P9: of type C or of type F;         -   P10: of type F or of type C;         -   P11: of type D or of type E; or         -   P2 and P10, taken together can form a group of type H;

Particularly preferred β-peptidomimetics of the invention include those described in Examples 1, 4, 7, 8 and 15.

The process of the invention can advantageously be carried out as parallel array synthesis to yield libraries of template-fixed β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the above general formula I. Such parallel synthesis allows one to obtain arrays of numerous (normally 24 to 192, typically 96) compounds of general formula I in high yields and defined purities, minimizing the formation of dimeric and polymeric by-products. The proper choice of the functionalized solid-support (i.e. solid support plus linker molecule), templates and site of cyclization play thereby key roles.

The functionalized solid support is conveniently derived from polystyrene crosslinked with, preferably 1-5%, divinylbenzene; polystyrene coated with polyethyleneglycol spacers (Tentagel®); and polyacrylamide resins (see also Obrecht, D.; Villalgordo, J. -M, “Solid-Supported Combinatorial and Parallel Synthesis of Small-Molecular-Weight Compound Libraries”, Tetrahedron Organic Chemistry Series, Vol. 17, Pergamon, Elsevier Science, 1998).

The solid support is functionalized by means of a linker, i.e. a bifunctional spacer molecule which contains on one end an anchoring group for attachment to the solid support and on the other end a selectively cleavable functional group used for the subsequent chemical transformations and cleavage procedures. For the purposes of the present invention the linker must be designed to eventually release the carboxyl group under mild acidic conditions which do not affect protecting groups present on any functional group in the side-chains of the various amino acids. Linkers which are suitable for the purposes of the present invention form acid-labile esters with the carboxyl group of the amino acids, usually acid-labile benzyl, benzhydryl and trityl esters; examples of linker structures of this kind include 2-methoxy-4-hydroxymethylphenoxy (Sasrin® linker), 4-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl-hydroxymethyl)-phenoxy (Rink linker), 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-3-methoxyphenoxy)butyric acid (HMPB linker), trityl and 2-chlorotrityl.

Preferably, the support is derived from polystyrene crosslinked with, most preferably 1-5%, divinylbenzene and functionalized by means of the 2-chlorotrityl linker.

When carried out as a parallel array synthesis the process of the invention can be advantageously carried out as described hereinbelow but it will be immediately apparent to those skilled in the art how this procedure will have to be modified in case it is desired to synthesize one single compound of the above formula I.

A number of reaction vessels (normally 24 to 192, typically 96) equal to the total number of compounds to be synthesized by the parallel method are loaded with 25 to 1000 mg, preferably 100 mg, of the appropriate functionalized solid support, preferably 1 to 3% cross linked polystyrene or tentagel resin.

The solvent to be used must be capable of swelling the resin and includes, but is not limited to, dichloromethane (DCM), dimethylformamide (DMF), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), dioxane, toluene, tetrahydrofuran (THF), ethanol (EtOH) trifluoroethanol (TFE), isopropylalcohol and the like. Solvent mixtures containing as at least one component a polar solvent (e.g. 20% TFE/DCM, 35% THF/NMP) are beneficial for ensuring high reactivity and solvation of the resin-bound peptide chains (Fields, G. B., Fields, C. G., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 4202-4207).

With the development of various linkers that release the C-terminal carboxylic acid group under mild acidic conditions, not affecting acid-labile groups protecting functional groups in the side chain(s), considerable progresses have been made in the synthesis of protected peptide fragments. The 2-methoxy-4-hydroxybenzylalcohol-derived linker (Sasrin® linker, Mergler et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29 4005-4008) is cleavable with diluted trifluoroacetic acid (0.5-1% TFA in DCM) and is stable to Fmoc deprotection conditions during the peptide synthesis, Boc/tBu-based additional protecting groups being compatible with this protection scheme. Other linkers which are suitable for the process of the invention include the super acid labile 4-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy linker (Rink linker, Rink, H. Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28, 3787-3790), where the removal of the peptide requires 10% acetic acid in DCM or 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid in DCM; the 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-3-methoxyphenoxy)butyric acid-derived linker (HMPB-linker, Flörsheimer & Riniker, Peptides 1991, 1990 131) which is also cleaved with 1% TFA/DCM in order to yield a peptide fragment containing all acid labile side-chain protective groups; and, in addition, the 2-chlorotritylchloride linker (Barlos et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 3943-3946), which allows the peptide detachment using a mixture of glacial acetic acid/trifluoroethanol/DCM (1:2:7) for 30 min.

Suitable protecting groups for amino acids and, respectively, for their residues are, for example,

-   -   for the amino group (as is present e.g. also in the side-chain         of lysine)     -   Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl     -   Boc tert.-butyloxycarbonyl     -   Fmoc 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl     -   Alloc allyloxycarbonyl     -   Teoc trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl     -   Tcc trichloroethoxycarbonyl     -   Nps o-nitrophenylsulfonyl;     -   Trt triphenymethyl or trityl     -   for the carboxyl group (as is present e.g. also in the         side-chain of aspartic and glutamic acid) by conversion into         esters with the alcohol components     -   tBu tert.-butyl     -   Bn benzyl     -   Me methyl     -   Ph phenyl     -   Pac Phenacyl         -   Allyl     -   Tse trimethylsilylethyl     -   Tce trichloroethyl;     -   for the guanidino group (as is present e.g. in the side-chain of         arginine)     -   Pmc 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonyl     -   Ts tosyl (i.e. p-toluenesulfonyl)     -   Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl     -   Pbf pentamethyldihydrobenzofuran-5-sulfonyl     -   for the hydroxy group (as is present e.g. in the sidechain of         threonine and serine)     -   tBu tert.-butyl     -   Bn benzyl     -   Trt trityl     -   and for the mercapto group (as is present e.g. in the side-chain         of cysteine)     -   Acm acetamidomethyl     -   tBu tert.-butyl     -   Bn benzyl     -   Trt trityl     -   Mtr 4-methoxytrityl.

The 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl-(Fmoc)-protected amino acid derivatives are preferably used as the building blocks for the construction of the template-fixed β-hairpin loop mimetics of formula I. For the deprotection, i.e. cleaving off of the Fmoc group, 20% piperidine in DMF or 2% DBU/2% piperidine in DMF can be used.

The quantity of the reactant, i.e. of the amino acid derivative, is usually 1 to 20 equivalents based on the milliequivalents per gram (meq/g) loading of the functionalized solid support (typically 0.1 to 2.85 meq/g for polystyrene resins) originally weighed into the reaction tube. Additional equivalents of reactants can be used if required to drive the reaction to completion in a reasonable time. The reaction tubes, in combination with the holder block and the manifold, are reinserted into the reservoir block and the apparatus is fastened together. Gas flow through the manifold is initiated to provide a controlled environment, for example, nitrogen, argon, air and the like. The gas flow may also be heated or chilled prior to flow through the manifold. Heating or cooling of the reaction wells is achieved by heating the reaction block or cooling externally with isopropanol/dry ice and the like to bring about the desired synthetic reactions. Agitation is achieved by shaking or magnetic stirring (within the reaction tube). The preferred workstations (without, however, being limited thereto) are Labsource's Combi-chem station and MultiSyn Tech's-Syro synthesizer.

Amide bond formation requires the activation of the α-carboxyl group for the acylation step. When this activation is being carried out by means of the commonly used carbodiimides such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, Sheehan & Hess, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1955, 77, 1067-1068) or diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC, Sarantakis et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336-342), the resulting dicyclohexylurea is insoluble and, respectively, diisopropylurea is soluble in the solvents generally used. In a variation of the carbodiimide method 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt, König & Geiger, Chem. Ber 1970, 103, 788-798) is included as an additive to the coupling mixture. HOBt prevents dehydration, suppresses racemization of the activated amino acids and acts as a catalyst to improve the sluggish coupling reactions. Certain phosphonium reagents have been used as direct coupling reagents, such as benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP) (Castro et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1975, 14, 1219-1222; Synthesis, 1976, 751-752), or benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexaflurophoshate (Py-BOP, Coste et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1990, 31, 205-208), or 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl-)1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), or hexafluorophosphate (HBTU, Knorr et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 1927-1930); these phosphonium reagents are also suitable for in situ formation of HOBt esters with the protected amino acid derivatives. More recently diphenoxyphosphoryl azide (DPPA) or O-(7-aza-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TATU) or O-(7-aza-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU)/7-aza-1-hydroxy benzotriazole (HOAt, Carpino et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2279-2281) have also been used as coupling reagents.

Due to the fact that near-quantitative coupling reactions are essential it is desirable to have experimental evidence for completion of the reactions. The ninhydrin test (Kaiser et al., Anal. Biochemistry 1970, 34, 595), where a positive colorimetric response to an aliquot of resin-bound peptide indicates qualitatively the presence of the primary amine, can easily and quickly be performed after each coupling step. Fmoc chemistry allows the spectrophotometric detection of the Fmoc chromophore when it is released with the base (Meienhofer et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 1979, 13, 3542).

The resin-bound intermediate within each reaction tube is washed free of excess of retained reagents, of solvents, and of by-products by repetitive exposure to pure solvent(s) by one of the two following methods:

-   1) The reaction wells are filled with solvent (preferably 5 ml), the     reaction tubes, in combination with the holder block and manifold,     are immersed and agitated for S to 300 minutes, preferably 15     minutes, and drained by gravity followed by gas pressure applied     through the manifold inlet (while closing the outlet) to expel the     solvent; -   2) The manifold is removed from the holder block, aliquots of     solvent (preferably 5 ml) are dispensed through the top of the     reaction tubes and drained by gravity through a filter into a     receiving vessel such as a test tube or vial.

Both of the above washing procedures are repeated up to about 50 times (preferably about 10 times), monitoring the efficiency of reagent, solvent, and byproduct removal by methods such as TLC, GC, or inspection of the washings.

The above described procedure of reacting the resin-bound compound with reagents within the reaction wells followed by removal of excess reagents, by-products, and solvents is repeated with each successive transformation until the final resin-bound fully protected linear peptide is prepared.

Before this fully protected linear peptide is detached from the solid support, it is possible, if desired, to selectively deprotect one or several protected functional group(s) present in the molecule and to appropriately substitute the reactive group(s) thus liberated. To this effect, the functional group(s) in question must initially be protected by a protecting group which can be selectively removed without affecting the remaining protecting groups present. Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl) is an example for such a protecting group for amino which can be selectively removed, e.g. by means of Pd^(o) and phenylsilane in CH₂Cl₂, without affecting the remaining protecting groups, such as Fmoc, present in the molecule. The reactive group thus liberated can then be treated with an agent suitable for introducing the desired substituent. Thus, for example, an amino group can be acylated by means of an acylating agent corresponding to the acyl substituent to be introduced.

Detachment of the fully protected linear peptide from the solid support is achieved by immersion of the reaction tubes, in combination with the holder block and manifold, in reaction wells containing a solution of the cleavage reagent (preferably 3 to 5 ml). Gas flow, temperature control, agitation, and reaction monitoring are implemented as described above and as desired to effect the detachment reaction. The reaction tubes, in combination with the holder block and manifold, are disassembled from the reservoir block and raised above the solution level but below the upper lip of the reaction wells, and gas pressure is applied through the manifold inlet (while closing the outlet) to efficiently expel the final product solution into the reservoir wells. The resin remaining in the reaction tubes is then washed 2 to 5 times as above with 3 to 5 ml of an appropriate solvent to extract (wash out) as much of the detached product as possible. The product solutions thus obtained are combined, taking care to avoid cross-mixing. The individual solutions/extracts are then manipulated as needed to isolate the final compounds. Typical manipulations include, but are not limited to, evaporation, concentration, liquid/liquid extraction, acidification, basification, neutralization or additional reactions in solution.

The solutions containing fully protected linear peptide derivatives which have been cleaved off from the solid support and neutralized with a base, are evaporated. Cyclization is then effected in solution using solvents such as DCM, DMF, dioxane, THE and the like. Various coupling reagents which were mentioned earlier can be used for the cyclization. The duration of the cyclization is about 6-48 hours, preferably about 24 hours. The progress of the reaction is followed, e.g. by RP-HPLC (Reverse Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography). Then the solvent is removed by evaporation, the fully protected cyclic peptide derivative is dissolved in a solvent which is not miscible with water, such as DCM, and the solution is extracted with water or a mixture of water-miscible solvents, in order to remove any excess of the coupling reagent.

Before removing the protecting groups from the fully protected cyclic peptide, it is possible, if desired, to form an interstrand linkage between side-chains of appropriate amino acid residues at opposite positions of the β-strand region. Interstrand linkages and their formation have been discussed above, in connection with the explanations made regarding groups of the type H which can, for example, be disulfide bridges formed by cysteines and homocysteines at opposite positions of the β-strand, or glutamic and aspartic acid residues linking ornithines and, respectively, lysines located at opposite β-strand positions by amide bond formation. The formation of such interstrand linkages can be effected by methods well known in the art.

Finally, the fully protected peptide derivative of type I is treated with 95% TFA, 2.5% H₂O, 2.5% TIS or another combination of scavengers for effecting the cleavage of the protecting groups. The cleavage reaction time is commonly 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably about 2 hours. Thereafter most of the TFA is evaporated and the product is precipitated with ether/hexane (1:1) or other solvents which are suitable therefor. After careful removal of the solvent, the cyclic peptide derivative obtained as end-product can be isolated. Depending on ist purity, this peptide derivative can be used directly for biological assays, or it has to be further purified, for example by preparative HPLC.

As mentioned earlier, it is thereafter possible, if desired, to convert a fully deprotected product thus obtained into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or to convert a pharmaceutically acceptable, or unacceptable, salt thus obtained into the corresponding free compound of formula I or into a different, pharmaceutically acceptable, salt. Any of these operations can be carried out by methods well known in the art.

The starting materials used in the process of the invention, pre-starting materials therefor, and the preparation of these starting and pre-starting materials will now be discussed in detail.

Building blocks of type A can be synthesized according to the literature methods described below. The corresponding amino acids have been described either as unprotected or as Boc- or Fmoc-protected racemates, (D)- or (L)-isomers. It will be appreciated that unprotected amino acid building blocks can be easily transformed into the corresponding Fmoc-protected amino acid building blocks required for the present invention by standard protecting group manipulations. Reviews describing general methods for the synthesis of α-amino acids include: R. Duthaler, Tetrahedron (Report) 1994, 349, 1540-1650; R. M. Williams, “Synthesis of optically active α-amino acids”, Tetrahedron Organic Chemistry Series, Vol. 7, J. E. Baldwin, P. D. Magnus (Eds.), Pergamon Press., Oxford 1989. An especially useful method for the synthesis of optically active α-amino acids relevant for this invention includes kinetic resolution using hydrolytic enzymes (M. A. Verhovskaya, I. A. Yamskov, Russian Chem. Rev. 1991, 60, 1163-1179; R. M. Williams, “Synthesis of optically active α-amino acids”, Tetrahedron Organic Chemistry Series, Vol. 7, J. E. Baldwin, P. D. Magnus (Eds.), Pergamon Press., Oxford 1989, Chapter 7, p. 257-279). Hydrolytic enzymes involve hydrolysis of amides and nitrites by aminopeptidases or nitrilases, cleavage of N-acyl groups by acylases, and ester hydrolysis by lipases or proteases. It is well documented that certain enzymes will lead specifically to pure (L)-enantiomers whereas others yield the corresponding (D)-enantiomers (e.g.: R. Duthaler, Tetrahedron Report 1994, 349, 1540-1650; R. M. Williams, “Synthesis of optically active α-amino acids”, Tetrahedron Organic Chemistry Series, Vol. 7, J. E. Baldwin, P. D. Magnus (Eds.), Pergamon Press., Oxford 1989).

A1: See D. Ben-Ishai, Tetrahedron 1977, 33, 881-883; K. Sato, A. P. Kozikowski, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 4073-4076; J. E. Baldwin, C. N. Farthing, A. T. Russell, C. J. Schofield, A. C. Spirey, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3761-3767; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, N. G. Robinson, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1987, 153-157; P. Wipf, Y. Uto, Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 5165-5170; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, A. O'Neil, A. C. Spirey, J. B. Sweeney, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1989, 1852-1854 (for R¹═H, R²═H); T. Hiyana, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1974, 47, 2909-2910; T. Wakamiya, K. Shimbo, T. Shiba, K. Nakajima, M. Neya, K. Okawa, Bull Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1982, 55, 3878-3881; L Shima, N. Shimazaki, K. Imai, K. Hemmi, M. Hashimoto, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1990, 38, 564-566; H. Han, J. Yoon, K. D. Janda, J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 2045-2048 (R¹═H, R²=Me); J. Legters, G. H. Willems, L. Thijs, B. Zwannenburg, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1992, 111, 59-68 (R¹═H, R²=hexyl); J. Legters, L. Thijs, B. Zwannenburg, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1992, 111, 16-21; G. A. Molander, P. J. Stengel, J. Org. Chem. 1995, 21, 6660-6661 (R¹═H, R²=Ph); I. Funaki, L. Thijs, B. Zwannenburg, Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 9909-9924 (R¹═H, R²=Bn); A. S. Pepito, D. C. Dittmer, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 7920-7925; (R¹═H, R²═CH₂OH); M. Egli, A. S. Dreiding, Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1442-1460 (R²═CH(OH)CH₂OH); M. Carduccu, S. Fioravanti, M. A. Loreto, L. Pellacani, P. A. Tardella, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3777-3778; F. J. Lakner, L. P. Hager, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1997, 21, 3547-3550 (R¹=Me, R²═H, Me); G. A. Molander, P. J. Stengel, Tetrahedron 1997, 26, 8887-8912; M. A. Loreto, F. Pompei, P. A. Tardella, D. Tofani, Tetrahedron 1997, 53, 15853-15858 (R¹=Me, R²═CH₂SiMe₃); H. Shao, J. K. Rueter, M. Goodman, J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5240-5244 (R¹=Me, R²=Me).

A2: See A. Rao, M. K. Gurjär, V. Vivarr, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1992, 3, 859-862; R. L. Johnson, G. Rayakumar, K. -L. Yu, R. K. Misra, J. Med. Chem. 1986, 29, 2104-2107 (R¹═H, R²═H); J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, R. H. Jones, C. J. Schofield, C. Zarcostas, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1985, 194-196; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, R. H. Jones, C. J. Schofield, C. Zarcostas, Tetrahedron 1986, 42, 4879-4888 (R₁═H, R²═CH₂OH, CH₂CHO, CH₂CH₂COOH, CH₂CH₂OH); A. P. Kozikowski, W. Tueckmantel, I. J. Reynolds, J. T. Wroblewski, J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 1561-1571; A. P. Kozikowski, W. Tueckmantel, Y. Liao, H. Manev, S. Ikonomovic J. T. Wroblenski, J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36, 2706-2708 (R¹═H, R²═CH₂OH, CHCONH₂, CONHCH₂COOH, COOtBu); D. Seebach, T. Vettiger, H. -M. Müller, D. Plattner, W. Petter, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1990, 687-695 (R¹=ArylCH(OH), R²═H); D. Seebach, E. Dziadulewicz, L. Behrendt, S. Cantoreggi, R. Fitzi, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1989, 1215-1232 (R¹=Me, Et, R²═H).

A3: See A. P. Kozikowski, Y. Liao, W. Tueckmantel, S. Wang, S. Pshsenichlin, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1996, 6, 2559-2564 (R¹═H; R²═CHCHO, CH₂OH, CH₂CH₂OH, CH₂COOH, COOH); Isono, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1969, 91, 7490 (R¹═H; R²=Et); P. J. Blythin, M. J. Green, M. J. Mary, H. Shue, J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 6098-6100; S. Hanessian, N. Bernstein, R. -Y. Yang, R. Maquire, Bioorg. Chem. Lett. 1994, 9, 1437-1442 (R¹═H; R²=Ph).

A4: See G. Emmer, Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 7165-7172; M. P. Meyer, P. L. Feldman, H. Rapoport, J. Org. Chem. 1985, 50, 5223-5230 (R¹═H; R²═H); A. J. Bose, M. S. Manhas, J. E. Vincent, I. F. Fernandez, J. Org. Chem. 1982, 47, 4075-4081 (R¹═H; R²═NHCOCH₂OPh); D. L. Boger, J. B. Meyers, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 5385-5390 (R¹═H; R²═NHCOCH₂Ph); K. -D. Kampe, Tetrahedron Lett. 1969, 117-120 (R¹═CH₂OH; R²=Ph); M. D. Andrews, M. G. Maloney, K. L. Owen, J. Chem Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1996, 227-228 (R¹═CH₂OH; R²═H).

A5: See C. Bisang, C. Weber, J. Inglis, C. A. Schiffer, W. F. van Gunsteren, J. A. Robinson J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, 7904 (R¹═CH₃; R²═H); S. Takano, M. Morija, Y. Iwabuki, K. Ogasawara, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 3805-3806 (R¹═H; R²═COOH); M. D. Bachi, R. Breiman, H. Meshular, J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 1439-1444 (R¹═H; R²═CH(Et)COOH); D. S. Kemp, T. P. Curran, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 4931-4934; D. S. Kemp, T. P. Curran, W. M. Davies, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 6672-6682 (R¹═H; R²═CH₂OH); F. Manfre, J. -M. Kern, J. -F. Biellmann, J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 2060-2065 (R¹═H; R²═H, CH═CH₂, CCH); B. W. Bycroft, S. R. Chabra, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1989, 423-425 (R¹═H; R²═CH₂COOtBu; Y. Xu, J. Choi, M. I. Calaza, S. Turner, H. Rapoport, J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 4069-4078 (R¹═H; R²=3-pyridyl); E. M. Khalil, W. J. Ojala, A. Pradham, V. D. Nair, W. B. Gleason, J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 628-637; E. M. Khalil, N. L. Subasinghe, R. L. Johnson, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3441-3444 (R¹=allyl; R²═H); A. DeNicola, J. -L. Luche, Tetrahedron Lett. 1992, 33, 6461-6464; S. Thaisrivongs, D. T. Pals, J. A. Lawson, S. Turner, D. W. Harris, J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 536-541; E. M. Khalil, N. L. Subasinghe, R. L. Johnson, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3441-3444; A. Lewis, J. Wilkie, T. J. Rutherford, D. Gani, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1998, 3777-3794 (R¹=Me; R²═H); A. Lewis, J. Wilkie, T. J. Rutherford, D. Gani, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1998, 3777-3794 (R¹═CH₂COOMe; R²═H); N. L. Subasinghe, E. M. Khalil, R. L. Johnson, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 1317-1320 (R¹═CH₂CHO; R²═H); D. J. Witter, S. J. Famiglietti, J. C. Gambier, A. L. Castelhano, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1998, 8, 3137-3142; E. H. Khalii, W. H. Ojada, A. Pradhar, V. D. Nair, W. B. Gleason, J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 628-637 (R¹═CH₂CH₂CHO; R²═H).

A6: See DeNardo, Farnaco Ed. Sci. 1977, 32, 522-529 (R¹═H; R³═H); P. J. T. Floris, N. Terhuis, H. Hiemstra, N. W. Speckamp, Tetrahedron, 1993, 49, 8605-8628; S. Kanemasa, N. Tomoshige, O. Tsuge, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1989, 62, 3944-3949 (R¹═H; R³═H); Sucrow, Chem. Ber. 1979, 112, 1719.

A7: See Fichter, J. Prakt. Chem. 1906, 74, 310 (R¹=Me; R³=Ph).

A8: See L. Lapantsanis, G. Milias, K. Froussios, M. Kolovos, Synthesis 1983, 641-673; H. Nedev, H. Naharisoa, Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34, 4201-4204; D. Y. Jackson, C. Quan, D. R Artis, T. Rawson, B. Blackburn, J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 3359-3368; D. Konopinska, H. Bartosz-Bechowski, G. Rosinski, W. Sobotka, Bull. Pol. Acad. Sci. Chem. 1993, 41, 2740; J. Hondrelis, G. Lonergan, S. Voliotis, J. Matsukas, Tetrahedron 1990, 46, 565-576; T. Nakamura, H. Matsuyama, H. Kanigata, M. Iyoda, J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 3783-3789; C. E. O'Connell, K. Ackermann, C. A. Rowell, A. Garcia, M. D. Lewis, C. E. Schwartz, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, 9, 2095-2100; G. Lowe, T. Vilaivan, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1997, 547-554; B. Bellier, L. McCourt-Tranchepain, B. Ducos, S. Danascimenta, H. Mundal, J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 3947-3956; M. Peterson, R. Vince J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 2787-2797; E. M. Smith, G. F. Swiss, B. R. Neustadt, E. H. Gold, J. A. Sommer, J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 875-885; E. Rubini, C. Gilon, Z. Selinger, M. Chorev, Tetrahedron 1986, 42, 6039-6045 (R¹═H; R⁵═OH); C. R. Noe, M. Knollmueller, H. Voellenkle, M. Noe-Letschnig, A. Weigand, J. Mühl, Pharmazie, 1996, 51, 800-804 (R¹═CH₃; R⁵═OH); J. Kitchin, R. C. Berthell, N. Cammack, S. Dolan, D. N. Evans, J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 3703-3716; D. Y. Jackson, C. Quan, D. R. Artis, T. Rawson, B. Blackburn, J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 3359-3368 (R¹═H; R⁵═OBn); J. E. Baldwin, A. R. Field, C. C. Lawrence, K. D. Merritt, C. J. Schofield, Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34, 7489-7492; K. Hashimoto, Y. Shima, H. Shirahama, Heterocycles 1996, 42, 489-492 (R¹═H; R⁵═OTs); T. R. Webb, C. Eigenbrot, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 3009-3016; D. C. Cafferty, C. A. Slate, B. M. Nakhle, H. D. Graham, T. L. Anstell, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 9859-9872 (R¹═H; R⁵═NH₂); T. R. Webb, C. Eigenbrot, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 3009-3016 (R¹═H; R⁵═CH₂NH₂); J. K. Thottathil, J. L. Moniot, Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 151-154 (R¹═H; R⁵=Ph); K. Plucinska, T. Kataoka, M. Yodo, W. Cody, J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36, 1902-1913 (R¹═H; R⁵═SBn); J. Krapcho, C. Turk, D. W. Cushman, J. R. Powell, J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 1148-1160 (R¹═H; R⁵═SPh); A. J. Verbiscar, B. Witkop, J. Org. Chem. 1970, 35, 1924-1927 (R¹═H; R⁵═SCH₂(4-OMe)C₆H₄); S. L Klein, J. M. Denner, B. F. Molino, C. Gardner, R. D'Alisa, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1996, 6, 2225-2230 (R¹═H; R⁵═O(CH₂)₃Ph); R. Zhang, F. Brownewell, J. S. Madalengoita, Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 2707-2710 (R¹═H; R⁵═CH₂COOBn).

A9: See Blake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1964, 86, 5293-5297; J. Cooper, R. T. Gallagher, D. T. Knight, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Perkin Trans. 1, 1993, 1313-1318; D. W. Knight, A. W. Sibley, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1997, 2179, 2188 (R¹═H; R⁶═H); Blake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1964, 86, 5293-5297; Y. Yamada, T. Ishii, M. Kimura, K. Hosaka, Tetrahedron Lett. 1981, 1353-1354 (R¹═H; R⁶═OH); Y. Umio, Yakugaku Zsshi, 1958, 78, 727 (R¹═H; R⁶=iPr); Miyamoto, Yakugaku Zasshi, 1957, 77, 580-584; Tanaka, Proc. Jpn. Acad. 1957, 33, 47-50 (R¹═H; R⁶═CH(CH₃)CH₂N(CH₃)₂); L. E. Overman, B. N. Rodgers, J. E. Tellew, W. C. Trenkle, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 7159-7160 (R¹═H; R⁶=allyl); Ohki, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1976, 24, 1362-1369 (R¹═CH₃; R⁶═H).

A10: See J. Mulzer, A. Meier, J. Buschmann, P. Luger, Synthesis 1996, 123-132 (R¹═H; R⁷═CH═CH₂); J. Cooper, P. T. Gallagher, D. W. Knight, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1988, 509-510; E. Gotschi, C. Jenny, P. Reindl, F. Ricklin, Helv. Chim. Acta 1996, 79, 2219-2234 (R¹═H; R⁷═OH); N. A. Sasaki, R. Pauli, C. Fontaine, A. Chiaroni, C. Riche, P. Potier, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 241-244 (R¹═H; R⁷═COOH); R. Cotton, A. N. C. Johnstone, M. North, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 8525-8544 (R¹═H; R⁷═COOMe); J. S. Sabol, G. A. Flynn, D. Friedrich, E. W. Huber, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 3687-3690 (R¹═H; R⁷═CONH₂); P. P. Waid, G. A. Flynn, E. W. Huber, J. S. Sabol, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 4091-4094 (R¹═H; R⁷=(4-BnO)C₆H₄); N. A. Sasaki, R. Pauli, P. Potier, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 237-240 (R¹═H; R⁷═SO₂Ph); R. J. Heffner, J. Jiang, M. Jouillié, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1992, 114, 10181-10189; U. Schmidt, H. Griesser, A. Lieberknecht, J. Häusler, Angew. Chem. 1981, 93, 272-273 (R¹═H; R⁷═OAryl); H. Mosberg, A. L. Lomnize, C. Wang, H. Kroona, D. L. Heyl, J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 4371-4383 (R¹═H; R⁷=4-OHC₆H₄); S. A. Kolodziej, G. V. Nikiforovich, R. Sceean, M. -F. Lignon, J. Martinez, G. R. Marshall, J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 137-149 (R¹═H; R⁷═SCH₂(4-Me)C₆H₄).

A11: See Kuhn, Osswald, Chem. Ber. 1956, 89, 1423-1434; Patchett, Witkop, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1957, 79, 185-189; Benz, Helv. Chim. Acta 1974, 57, 2459-2475; P. Wessig, Synlet, 1999, 9, 1465-1467; E. M. Smit, G. F. Swiss, B. R. Neustadt, E. H. Gold, J. A. Sommer, J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 875-885; J. Krapcho, C. Turk, D. W. Cushman, J. R. Powell, J. M. DeForrest, J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 1148 (R¹═H; R⁶═H); D. BenIshai, S. Hirsh, Tetrahedron 1988, 44, 5441-5450 (R¹═H; R⁶═CH₃); M. W. Holladay, C. W. Lin, C. S. Garvey, D. G. Witte, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 455-457 (R¹═H; R⁶=allyl); P. Barralough, P. Hudhomme, C. A. Spray, D. W. Young, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 4195-4212 (R¹═H; R⁶=Et); J. E. Baldwin, M. Rudolf, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 6163-6166; J. E. Baldwin, S. J. Bamford, A. M. Fryer, M. Rudolf, M. E. Wood, Tetrahedron 1997, 53, 5233-5254 (R¹═H; R⁶═CH₂COOtBu); P. Gill, W. D. Lubell, J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 2658-2659 (R¹═H; R⁶═CH₃; Bn; allyl; CH₂COOMe); M. J. Blanco, F. J. Sardina, J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 3411-3466 (R¹═H; R⁶═OCH₂OMe).

A12: See Ahmed, Cheeseman, Tetrahedron 1977, 33, 2255-2257; J. S. New, J. P. Yevich, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1984, 21, 1355-1360; R. Kikumoto, Y. Tamao, K. Obkubo, T. Tezuka, S. Tonomura, J. Med. Chem. 1980, 23, 1293-1299; C. J. Blankley, J. S. Kaltenbronn, D. E. DeJohn, A. Werner, L. R. Bennett, J. Med Chem. 1987, 30, 992-998; S. Klutcho, C. J. Blankley, R. W. Fleming, J. M. Hinkley, R. E. Werner, J. Med. Chem. 1986, 29, 1953-1961 (R¹═H; R⁸═H); L. J. Beeley, C. J. M. Rockwell, Tetrahedron Lett. 1990, 31, 417-420 (R¹═COOEt; R⁸═H).

A13: See G. Flouret, W. Brieher, T. Majewski, K. Mahan, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 43, 2089-2094; G. Galiendo, P. Grieco, E. Perissuti, V. Santagada, Farmaco, 1996, 51, 197-202; D. F. McComsey, M. J. Hawlins, P. Andrade-Gordon, M. F. Addo, B. E. Maryanoff, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, 9, 1423-1428; G. B. Jones, S. B. Heaton, B. J. Chapman, M. Guzel, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1997, 8, 3625-3636; M. Asami, H. Watanabe, K. Honda, S. Inoue, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1998, 9, 4165-4174; K. Gross, Y. M. Yun, P. Beak, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 7679-7689 (R¹═H; R⁶═H; R⁸═H); R. Gross, Y. M. Yun, P. Beak, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 7679-7689 (R¹═H; R⁶═H; R⁸=6-Cl); Ch. Noe, M. Knollmueller, C. Schoedl, M. L. Berger, Sci. Pharm. 1996, 64, 577-590; E. Reiman, W. Erdle, H. Unger, Pharmazie, 1994, 54, 418-421 (R¹═H; R⁶═CH₂COOH; R⁸═H); V. Collot, M. Schmitt, A. K. Marwah, B. Norberg, J. -J. Bourgignon, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 8033-8036 (R¹═H; R⁶=Ph; R⁸═H); L. V. Dunkerton, H. Chen, B. P. McKillican, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 2539-2542 (R¹═C(CH₃)₂CH═CH₂; R⁶═H; R⁸═H); E. J. Corey, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1970, 92, 2476-2488; Neunhoeffer, Lehmann, Chem. Ber. 1961, 94, 2960-2963 (R¹═CH₃; R⁶═H; R⁸═H).

A14: Amino acids of type A14 can be made according to Scheme 1.

A15: See D. S. Perlow, J. M. Erb, N. P. Gould, R. D. Tung, R. M. Freidinger, J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 4394-4400; D. Y. Jackson, C. Quan, D. R. Artis, T. Rawson, B. Blackburn, J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 3359-3368 (R¹═H; R²═H); H. H. Wasserman, K. Rodrigues, K. Kucharczyk, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 6077-6080 (R¹═H; R²═COOH).

A16: See Beyerman, Boekee, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 1959, 78, 648-653; M. E. Freed, A. R. Day, J. Org. Chem. 1960, 25, 2105-2107; D. R. Adams, P. D. Bailey, I. D. Collier, J. D. Heferman, S. Slokes, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1996, 349-350; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, C. R. A. Godfrey, D. W. Collins, J. D. Vaughan, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1993, 1434-1435; Y. Matsumura, Y. Takeshima, H. Ohita, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1994, 67, 304-306 (R¹═H; R⁶═H); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch. Pharm. 1991, 324, 670 (R¹═COOMe; R⁶═CH₃).

A17, A18: See C. R. Davies, J. S. Davies, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans 1, 1976, 2390-2394; K. Bevan, J. Chem. Soc. C, 1971, 514-522; K. Umezawa, K. Nakazawa, Y. Ikeda, H. Naganawa, S. Kondo, J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 3034-3038 (R¹═R³═H); P. D. Williams, M. G. Bock, R. D. Tung, V. M. Garsky, D. S. Parlow, J. Med. Chem, 1992, 35, 3905-3918; K. Tamaki, K. Tanzawa, S. Kurihara, T. Oikawa, S. Monma, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 1883-1893 (R¹═R⁵═H; R³═COOBn); K. J. Hale, J. Cai, V. Delisser, S. Manaviazar, S. A. Peak, Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 1047-1068; M. H. Chen, O. P. Goel, J. -W. Hyun, J. Magano, J. R. Rubin, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, 9, 1587-1592 (R¹═R⁵═H; R³═COOtBu), R. Baenteli, I. Brun, P. Hall, R. Metternich, Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 2109-2112 (R¹═R⁵═H; R³═COR); K. J. Hale, N. Jogiya, S. Manaviazar, Tetrahedron 1998, 39, 7163-7166 (R¹═H; R³═COOBn; R⁵═OBn); T. Kamenecka, S. J. Danishewsky, Angew Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1998, 37, 2995-2998 (R¹═H; R³═COO(CH₂)₂SiMe₃; R⁵═OSiMe₂tBu.

A19: See Beilstein, Registry Number 648833 (R₁═R⁴═R⁸═H). Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 2.

A20: See D. Hagiwara, H Miyake, N. Igari, M. Karino, Y. Maeda, J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 2090-2099 (R¹═H; R⁹═OH); Y. Arakawa, M. Yasuda, M. Ohnishi, S. Yoshifuji, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1997, 45, 255-259 (R¹═H; R⁹═COOH); P. J. Murray, I. D. Starkey, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 1875-1878 (R¹═H; R⁹═(CH₂)₂NHCOCH₂Ph); K. Clinch, A. Vasella, R. Schauer, Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28, 6425-6428 (R¹═H; R⁹═NHAc).

A21: See A. Golubev, N. Sewald, K. Burger, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 2037-2040; F. Machetti, F. M. Cordero, F. DeSario, A. Guarna, A. Brandi, Tetrahedon Lett. 1996, 37, 4205-4208; P. L. Ornstein, D. D. Schoepp, M. B. Arnold, J. D. Leander, D. Lodge, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 90-97; R¹═R⁶═H); P. D. Leeson, B. J. Williams, R. Baker, T. Ludduwahetty, K. W. Moore, M. Rowley, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1990, 1578-1580; D. I. C. Scopes, N. F. Hayes, D. E. Bays, D. Belton, J. Brain, J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 490-501; H. Kessler, M. Kuehn, T. Löschner, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1986, 1-20 (R¹═R⁶═H); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch. Pharm. 1992, 7, 419-424 (R¹═R⁶=Bn); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch. Pharm. 1992, 411-418 (R₁═COOMe; R⁶═H); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch Pharm. 1992, 419-424 (R¹═COOMe; R⁶=Bn).

A22: See P. D. Leeson, B. J. Williams, R. Baker, T. Ladduwahetty, K. W. Moore, M. Rowley, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm. 1990, 1578-1580 (R¹═H; R¹⁰═NHOBn).

A23: See Beyerman, Boekee, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas 1959, 78, 648-653; D. R. Adams, P. D. Bailey, I. D. Collier, J. D. Heffernan, S. Stokes J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1996, 349-350; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, C. Godfrey, D. W. Collins, J. G. Vaughan, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm. 1993, 1434-1435 (R¹═R⁶═H); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch. Pharm. 1993, 297-302 (R¹═COOMe; R⁶═H).

A24: See Plieninger, Leonhäuser, Chem. Ber. 1959, 92, 1579-1584; D. W. Knight, N. Lewis, A. C. Share, D. Haigh, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 1998, 22, 3673-3684; J. Drummond, G. Johnson, D. G. Nickell, D. F. Ortwine, R. F. Bruns, B. Welbaum, J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32, 2116-2128; M. P. Moyer, P. L. Feldman, H. Rapoport, J. Org. Chem. 1985, 50, 5223-5230 (R¹═R⁶═H); McElvain, Laughton, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1951, 73, 448-451 (R═H; R⁶=Ph); McElvain, Laughton, J. Am. Clem. Soc. 1951, 73, 448-451 (R¹=Ph, R⁶═H);

A25: See L. -Y. Hu, T. R. Ryder, S. S. Nikam, E. Millerman, B. G. Szoke, M. F. Rafferty, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, 9, 1121-1126; W. C. Lumma, R. D. Hartman, W. S. Saari, E. L. Engelhardt, V. J. Lotti, C. A. Stone, J. Med. Chem. 1981, 24, 93-101; N. Hosten, M. J. O. Antenuis, Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg. 1988, 97, 48-50; C. F. Bigge, S. J. Hays, P. M. Novak, J. T. Drummond, G. Johnson, T. P. Bobovski, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 5193-5191; B. Aebischer, P. Frey, H. -P. Haerter, P. L. Herrling, W. Müller, Helv. Chim. Acta 1989, 72, 1043-1051; W. J. Hoeckstra, B. E. Maryanoff, B. P. Damiano, P. Andrade-Gordon, J. H. Cohen, M. J. Constanzo, B. J. Haertlein, L. R. Hecker, B. L. Hulshizer, J. A. Kauffman, P. Keane, J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 5254-5265 (R¹═H; R¹¹═H); B. D. Dorsey, R. B. Levin, S. L. McDaniel, J. P. Vacca, J. P. Guare, J. Med Chem. 1994, 37, 3443-3451; M. Cheng, B. De, S. Pill, N. G. Almstaed, M. G. Natchus, M. V. Anastasio, S. J. McPhail, C. J. Snider, Y. O. Taiwo, L. Chen, C. M. Dunaway, J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43, 369-380; R. Kuwano, Y. Ito, J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 1232-1237 (R¹═H; R¹¹═COOtBu); J. Kitchin, R. C. Bethell, N. Cammack S. Dolan, D. N. Evans, J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 3707-3716 (R¹═H; R¹¹═COOPh); C. F. Bigge, S. J. Hays, P. M. Novak J. T. Drummond, G. Johnson, T. P. Bobovski, J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 2916-2924 (R¹═H; R¹═COOtBu; (CH₂)₃COOEt; (CH₂)₃PO(Me)OH; CH₂PO(OH)₂; (CH₂)₂PO(OEt)₂; (CH₂)₂PO(OH)₂).

Compounds of type A25 can also be prepared according to Scheme 3:

A26: See Koegel, J. Biol. Chem. 1953, 201, 547 (R¹═R¹²═H).

A27: See G. Makara, G. R. Marshall, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 5069-5072; R. N. Patel, A. Banerjee, R. L. Hanson, D. B. Brzozowski, L. W. Parker, L. J. Szarka, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1999, 10, 31-36 (R¹═H; R¹³═OH, OtBu); J. E. Johanson, B. D. Christie, H. Rapoport, J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 4914-4920; N. Moss, J. -S. Duceppe, J. -M- Ferland, J. Gauthier, J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 2178-2187 (R¹═H; R¹³═CONHMe); G. M. Makara, G. R. Marshall, Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 5069-5072 (R¹═H; R¹³═SCH₂(4-MeO)C₆H₄).

A28: See A Golubev, N. Sewald, K. Burger, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 2037-2040; P. L. Ornstein, D. D. Schoepp, M. B. Arnold, J. D. Leander, D. Lodge, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 90-97 (R¹═R⁶H═); P. D. Leeson, B. J. Williams, R. Baker, T. Ladduwahetty, K. W. Moore, M. Rowley, J. Chem. Soc. Chem Commun. 1990, 22, 1578-1580; C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch Pharm. 1991, 324, 670 (R¹═H; R⁶=Me); C. Herdeis, W. Engel, Arch. Pharm. 1991, 324, 670 (R¹═COOMe; R⁶═H, Me).

A29: See Kawase, Masami, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1997, 45, 1248-1253; I. G. C. Coutts, J. A. Hadfield, P. R. Huddleston, J. Chem. Res. Miniprint, 1987, 9, 2472-2500; I. G. C. Coutts, J. A. Hadfield, P. R. Huddleston, J. Chem. Res. Miniprint, 1987, 9, 2472-2500; V. J. Hrubi, W. L. Cody, A M. Castrucci, M. E. Hadley, Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1988, 53, 2549-2573; R. T. Shuman, R. B. Rothenberger, C. S. Campbell, G. F. Smith, D. S. Gifford-Moore, P. D. Gesellchen, J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36, 314-319; M. Kawase, Y. Okada, H. Miyamae, Heterocycles, 1998, 48, 285-294 (R¹═R³═H); Kawase, Masami, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1997, 45, 1248-1253 (R¹═H; R⁸=6,7-(MeO₂); D. F. Ortwine, T. C. Malone, C. F. Bigge, J. T. Drummond, C. Humblet, J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1345-1370 (R¹═H; R⁸=7-CH₂PO(OEt)₂); E. J. Corey, D. Y. Gin, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 7163-7166 (R¹═CH₂SCOOtBu); P. Dostert, M. Varasi, A. DellaTorre, C. Monti, V. Rizzo, Eur. J. Med. Chim. Ther. 1992, 27, 57-59 (R¹=Me; R⁸=6,7-(OH)₂); Z. Czarnocki, D. Suh, D. B. McLean, P. G. Hultin, W. A. Szarek, Can. J. Chem. 1992, 70, 1555-1561; B. Schönenberger, A. Brossi, Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1486-1497 (R¹=Me; R⁸=6-OH; 7-MeO); Hahn, Stiel, Chem. Ber. 1936, 69, 2627; M. Chrzanowska, B. Schönenberger, A. Brossi, J. L. Flippen-Anderson, Helv. Chim. Acta 1987, 70, 1721-1731; T. Hudlicky, J. Org Chem. 1981, 46, 1738-1741 (R¹=Bn; R⁸=6,7-(OH)₂); A. I. Meyers, M. A. Gonzalez, V. Struzka, A. Akahane, J. Guiles, J. S. Warmus, Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 5501-5504 (R¹═CH₂(3,4-methylenedioxy)C₆H₃; R⁸=6,7-(OMe)₂).

A30 and A31 can be prepared according to Schemes 4 and 5.

A32 can be prepared according to P. W. Schiller, G. Weltrowska, T. M. -D. Nguyen, C. Lemieux, N. Nga, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 3125-3132; V. S. Goodfellow, M. V. Marathe, K. G. Kuhlman, T. D. Fitzpatrick, D. Cuadrato, J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 1472-1484; G. Caliendo, F. Fiorino, P. Grieco, E. Perissutti, S. DeLuca, A. Guiliano, G. Santelli, D. Califano, B. Severino, V. Santagada, Farmacao, 1999, 54, 785-790; V. S. Goodfellow, M. V. Marathe, K. G. Kuhlman, T. D. Fitzpatrick, D. Cuadro, J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 1472-1484 (R¹═R⁸═H); D. Tourwe, E. Mannekens, N. T. Trang, P. Verheyden, H. Jaspers, J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 5167-5176; A. -K Szardenings, M. Gordeev, D. V. Patel, Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 3635-3638; W. Wiczk, K. Stachowiak, P. Skurski, L. Lankiewicz, A. Michniewicz, A. Roy, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 8300-8307; K. Verschuren, G. Toth, D. Tourwe, M. Lebl., G. van Binst, V. Hrubi, Synthesis 1992, 458-460 (R¹═H; R⁸=6-OH); P. L. Ornstein, M. B. Arnold, N. K. Augenstein, J. W. Paschal, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 4388-4392 (R¹═H; R⁵=6-MeO); D. Ma, Z. Ma, A. P. Kozikowski, S. Pshenichkin, J. T. Wroblenski, Bioorg. Med. Lett. 1998, 8, 2447-2450 (R¹═H; R⁸=6—COOH); U. Schöllkopf, R. Hinrichs, R. Lonsky, Angew. Chem. 1987, 99, 137-138 (R¹=Me; R⁸═H); B. O. Kammermeier, U. Lerch, C. Sommer, Synthesis 1992, 1157-1160 (R¹═COOMe; R⁸═H); T. Gees, W. B. Schweizer, D. Seebach, Helv. Chim. Acta 1993, 76, 2640-2653 (R¹=Me; R⁸=6,7-(MeO₂).

A33: See Hinton, Mann, J. Chem. Soc. 1959, 599-608.

A34: See G. P. Zecchini, M. P. Paradisi, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1979, 16, 1589-1597; S. Cerrini, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1979, 1013-1019; P. L. Ortstein, J. W. Paschal, P. D. Gesellchen, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 738-741; G. M. Ksander, A. M. Yan, C. G. Diefenbacher, J. L. Stanton, J. Med. Chem. 1985, 28, 1606-1611; J. A. Robl, D. S. Karanewsky, M. M. Asaad, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 1593-1596; S. Katayama, N. Ae, R. Nagata, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 1998, 9, 4295-4300 (R¹═R⁸═H); K. Hino, Y. Nagai, H. Uno, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1988, 36, 2386-2400 (R¹=Me; R⁸═H).

A35: See Beilstein Registry Numbers: 530775, 883013 (R¹═R⁸═H).

A36: See R. W. Carling, P. D. Leeson, A. M. Moseley, R. Baker, A. C. Foster, J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1942-1953; S. Kano, T. Ebata, S. Shibuya, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1980, 2105-2111 (R¹═R⁸═H); R. W. Carling, P. D. Leeson, A. M. Moseley, R. Baker, A. C. Foster, J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1942-1953 (R¹═H; R⁸=5-Cl; 7-Cl).

A37: See Nagarajan, Indian J. Chem. 1973, 11, 112 (R¹═CH₂COOMe; R⁸═H).

A38: See R. Pauly, N. A. Sasaki, P. Potire, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 237-240; J. Podlech, D. Seebach, Liebigs Ann. Org. Bioorg. Chem. 1995, 7, 1217-1228; K. C. Nicolaou, G. -Q. Shi, K. Namoto, F. Bernal, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1998, 1757-1758 (R¹═H; R²═H).

A39: See Beilstein, Registry Number 782885.

A40: See F. P. J. C. Rutjes, N. M. Terhuis, H. Hiemstra, N. W. Speckamp, Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 8605-8628 (R¹═H; R³=Bn); compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 6.

A41: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 7.

-   A42 to A46: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to     Scheme, 8 to 12. Key intermediate 34 and α-amino acid synthesis     involving this building block include: R. M. Williams, M. -N. Im,     Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6079-6082; R. M. Williams, M. -N. Im, J.     Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 9276-9286; J. F. Dellaria, B. D.     Santarsiero, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6079-6082; J. F.     Dellaria, B. D. Santarsiero, J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54,     3916-3926; J. E. Baldwin, V. Lee, C. J. Schofield, Synlett 1992,     249-251; J. E. Baldwin, V. Lee, C. J. Schofield, Heterocycles 1992,     34, 903-906.

A47: See P. Barraclough, R. D. Farrant, D. Kettle, S. Smith, J. Chem. Res. Miniprint 1991, 11, 2876-2884 (R¹═R¹¹═H, Bn, (CH₂)₂PO(OEt)₂).

A48: See A. Nouvet, M. Binard, F. Lamaty, J. Martinez, R. Lazaro, Tetrahedron 1999, 55, 4685-4698 (R¹═R¹²═H).

A49: See M. Y. Kolleganov, I. G. Kolleganova, M. D. Mitrofanova, L. I. Martynenko, P. P. Nazarov, V. I. Spitsyn, Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR Div. Chem. Sci (Engl. Trans) 1983, 32, 1293-1299; Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Khim. 1983, 6, 1293-1299; V. P. Vasilev, T. D. Orlova, S. F. Ledenkov, J. Gen. Chem. USSR (Engl. Trans. 1989, 59, 1629-1634; Zh. Obshch. Khim. 1989, 59, 1828-1833 (R¹═H; R¹²═CH(COOH)CH₂COOH). Compounds of type A49 can also be prepared according to Scheme 13.

A50 and A51: Compounds of these types can be prepared according to Schemes 14 and 15.

A53: See P. Barraclough, R. D. Farrant, D. Kettle, S. Smith, J. Chem. Res. Miniprint 1991, 11, 2876-2884 (R¹═H; R¹¹═H; R¹═H; R¹¹═Bn, (CH₂)₃PO(OH)₂); (CH₂)₃PO(Et)₂); J. I. Levin, J. F. DiJoseph, L. M. Killar, A. Sung, T. Walter, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1998, 8, 2657-2662 (R¹═H; R¹¹=4CF₃OC₆H₄CO).

A 52 and A54: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Schemes 16 and 17.

A55 and A56: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Schemes 18 and 19.

A57: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 20.

A58: See C. -H. Lee, H. Kohn, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 6098-6104 (R¹═R⁸═H).

A59: can be prepared according to Scheme 21.

-   0: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 22.

-   i: NaH, DMSO; ii: NaOHaq., MeOH, 75°; then HClaq.: iii: DBU, Mel,     DMF; iv: NaOMe (2.2 equiv.). R¹-X; v: Rarey-Ni. H₂, EtOH; vi: CbzCl,     Et₃N, CH₂Cl₂; vii: NaH, Br(CH₂)₂Br, THF; viii: resolution (e.g.     lipase); then DBU, Mel, DMF; ix: Pd/C, H₂, EtOH; x: NaH, R¹⁴-X, THF:     xi: LiOHx1H₂O, MeOH. H₂O: xii: TFA, CH₂Cl₂; xiii: FmocOSu,     Na₂CO₃aq., dioxane

A61: See D. R. Armour, K. M. Morriss, M. S. Congreve, A. B. Hawcock, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1997, 7, 2037-2042 (R¹═R¹²═H).

A62: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 23.

A63: See S. E. Gibson, N. Guillo, R. J. Middleton, A. Thuilliez, M. J. Tozer, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1997, 4, 447-456; S. E. Gibson, N. Guillo, S. B. Kalindjan, M. J. Tozer, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett,. 1997, 7, 1289-1292 (R¹═H; R⁸═H); Beilstein Registry Number: 459155 (R¹═H; R⁸=4,5-MeO₂).

A64: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to Scheme 24.

A65 and A 67: Compounds of these types can be prepared according to Schemes 25 and 26.

A66: See G. L. Grunewald, L. H. Dahanukar, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1994, 31, 1609-1618 (R¹═H; R⁸═K, 8-NO₂; C(1)=O).

A68: See Griesbeck, H. Mauder, I. Müller, Chem. Ber. 1992, 11, 2467-2476; (R¹═R⁸═H; C(1)=O).

A69: R. Kreher, W. Gerhardt, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1981, 240-247 (R¹═R⁸═H).

As explained above, building blocks A70 belong to the class of open-chain α-substituted α-amino acids, A71 and A72 to the class of the the corresponding β-amino acid analogues and A73—A104 to the class of the cyclic analogues of A70.

Building blocks of types A70 and A73—A104 have been synthesized by several different general methods: by [2+2] cycloaddition of ketenes with imines (I. Ojima, H. J. C. Chen, X. Quin, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 44, 5307-5318); by asymmetric aldol reaction (Y. Ito, M. Sawamura, E. Shirakawa, K. Hayashikazi, T. Hayashi, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 235-238; by the oxazolidinone method (J. S. Amato, L. M. Weinstock, S. Karady, U.S. Pat. No. 4,508,921 A; M. Gander-Coquoz, D. Seebach, Helv. Chim. Acta 1988, 71, 224-236; A. K. Beck, D. Seebach, Chimia 1988, 42, 142-144; D. Seebach, J. D. Aebi, M. Gander-Coquoz, R. Naef, Helv. Chim. Acta 1987, 70, 1194-1216; D. Seebach, A. Fadel, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 68, 1243-1250; J. D. Aebi, D. Seebach, Helv. Chim. Acta 1985, 68, 1507-1518; A. Fadel, J. Salaun, Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28, 2243-2246); by Schmidt-rearrangement of α,α-disubstituted α-ketoesters (G. L. Georg, X. Guan, J. Kant, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 403-406); asymmetric synthesis via chiral Ni(II)-derived Schiff-bases (Y. N. Belokon, V. L Bakhmutov, N. I. Chemoglazova, K. A Kochetov, S. V. Vitt, N. S. Garbalinskaya, V. M. Belikov, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1988, 305-312; M. Korb, J. Barth, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1983, 1668-1688); by the bis-lactim ether synthesis (U. Schöllkopf, R. Hinrichs, R. Lonsky, Angew. Chem 1987, 99, 137-138); by microbial resolution (K. Sakashita, I. Watanabe, JP 62/253397 A2) and by the hydantoin method combined with resolution of the racemic amino acids with chiral auxilliaries derived from L-phenylalanine amides (D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, J. Daly, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 10883-10900; D. Obrecht, C. Lehmann, C. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 1567-1587; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, H. Karajiannis, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 703-714; D. Obrecht, M. Altorfer, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 4080-4086; D. Obrecht, C. Abrecht, M. Altorfer, U. Bohdal, A. Grieder, P. Pfyffer, K. Müller, Helv. Chim. Acta 1996, 79, 1315-1337). The latter method has been especially useful in preparing both enantiomers of building blocks of type A70 (see Scheme 27) and A73—A104 (see Scheme 28) in pure form.

The method depicted in Scheme 27 consists in treatment of the appropriate ketones 126 with KCN, (NH₄)₂CO₃ in a mixture of ethanol/water (E. Ware, J. Chem. Res. 1950, 46, 403; L. H. Goodson, I. L. Honigberg, J. J. Lehmann, W. H. Burton, J. Org. Chem. 1960, 25, 1920; S. N. Rastogi, J. S. Bindra, N. Anand, Ind. J. Chem. 1971, 1175) to yield the corresponding hydantoins 127, which were hydrolyzed with Ba(OH)₂ in water at 120-140° (R. Sarges, R. C. Schur, J. L. Belletire, M. J. Paterson, J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 230) to give 128 in high yields. Schotten-Baumann acylation (Houben-Weyl, ‘Methoden der Organischen Chemie’, Volume XI/2, Stickstoff-Verbindungen II und III’, Georg Tieme Verlag, Stuttgart, pp 339) followed by cyclization with N,N′-dicyclohexyl carbodiimide gave azlactones 129 (D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696). Alternatively, azlactones 129 could also be prepared staring from amino acids 130 and 131, Schotten-Baumann acylation and cyclization with N,N′-dicyclohexyl carbodiimide to azlactones 132 and 133 and alkylation to yield 129 (D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, P Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696)(see Scheme 1). Treatment of 129 with L-phenylalanine cyclohexylamide (D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580) gave diastereomeric peptides 134 and 135, which could be conveniently separated by flash-chromatography or crystallisation. Treatment of 134 and 135 with methanesulphonic acid in methanol at 80° gave esters 136a and 136b which were converted into the corresponding Fmoc-protected final building blocks 137a and 137b.

According to the general method described in Scheme 28 (D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acia 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696) A73—A104 can be prepared starting from the corresponding ketones 138, hydantoin formation (139) (E. Ware, J. Chem. Res. 1950, 46, 403; L. H. Goodson, I. L. Honigberg, J. J. Lehmann, W. H. Burton, J. Org. Chem. 1960, 25, 1920; S. N. Rastogi, J. S. Bindra, N. Anand, Ind J. Chem. 1971, 1175; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580) and saponification (Ba(OH)₂) to yield the racemic amino acids 140, which upon Schotten-Baumann-acylation and cyclization with N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide gave azlactones 141. Reaction with L-phenylalanine cyclohexylamide (D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580) gave the diastereomeric peptides 142 and 143, which were separated by flash-chromatography or crystallization. Treatment of 142 and 143 with methanesulphonic acid in methanol at 80° gave esters 144a and 144b which were converted into the corresponding suitably protected amino acid precursors 145a and 145b, ready for peptide synthesis.

A71: Amino acid building blocks of this type (see formula 147) can be conveniently prepared from the corresponding disubstituted succinates 146 by Curtius-rearrangement as shown in Scheme 29.

A71: See D. Seebach, S. Abele. T. Sifferlen, M. Haenggi, S. Gruner, P. Seiler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1998, 81, 2218-2243 (R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ form: —(CH₂)₂—; —(CH₂)₃—; —(CH₂)₄—; —(CH₂)₅; R²⁰═H); L. Ducrie, S. Reinelt, P. Seiler, F. Diederich, D. R. Bolin, R. M. Campbell, G. L. Olson, Helv. Chim. Acta 1999, 82, 2432-2447; C. N. C. Drey, R. J. Ridge, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1981, 2468-2471; U. P. Dhokte, V. V. Khau, D. R. Hutchinson, M. J. Martinelli, Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 8771-8774 (R¹⁸═R¹⁹=Me; R²⁰═H); D. L. Varie, D. A. Hay, S. L. Andis, T. H. Corbett, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, 9, 369-374 (R¹⁸═R¹⁹=Et); Testa, J. Org. Chem. 1959, 24, 1928-1936 (R¹⁸=Et; R¹⁹=Ph); M. Haddad, C. Wakselman, J. Fluorine Chem. 1995, 73, 57-60 (R¹⁸=Me; R¹⁹═CF₃; R²⁰═H); T. Shono, K. Tsubata, N. Okinaga, J. Org. Chem. 1984, 49, 1056-1059 (R¹⁸═R¹⁹═R²⁰=Me); K. Ikeda, Y. Terao, M. Sekiya, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1981, 29, 1747-1749 (R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ form: —(CH₂)₅—; R²⁰=Me).

Amino acid building blocks of type A72 can be conveniently prepared by Arndt-Eistert C1-homologation of compounds of type A70 according to Scheme 30.

A72: See Y. V. Zeifman, J. Gen. Chem. USSR (Engl. Trans.) 1967, 37, 2355-2363 (R¹⁸═R¹⁹═CF₃); W. R. Schoen, J. M. Pisano, K. Pendergast, M. J. Wyvratt, M. H. Fisher, J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 897-906; S. Thaisrivongs, D. T. Pals, D. W. DuCharme, S. Turner, G. L. DeGraaf, J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 655-642; T. K. Hansen, H. Thoegersen, B. S. Hansen, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1997, 7, 2951-2954; R. J. DeVita, R. Bochis, A. J. Frontier, A. Kotliar, M. H. Fisher, J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 1716-1728; D. Seebach, P. E. Ciceri, M. Overhand, B. Jaun, D. Rigo, Helv. Chim. Acta 1996, 79, 2043-2066; R. P. Nargund, K. H. Barakat, K. Cheng, W. Chan, B. R. Butler, A. A. Patchett, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1996, 6, 1265-1270 (R¹⁸═R¹⁹=Me); F. Altmann, K. Nebel, M. Mutter, Helv. Chim. Acta 1991, 74, 800-806 (R¹⁸=Me; R¹⁹═COOMe).

A73: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to C. Mapelli, G. Tarocy, F. Schwitzer, C. H. Stammer, J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 145-149 (R²¹=4-OHC₆H₄); F. Elrod, E. M. Holt, C. Mapelli, C. H. Stammer, J. Chem. Soc Chem. Commun. 1988, 252-253 (R²¹═CH₂COOMe); R. E. Mitchell, M. C. Pirrung, G. M. McGeehan, Phytochemistry 1987, 26, 2695 (R²¹═CH₂OH), J. Bland, A. Batolussi, C. H. Stammer, J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 992-995 (R²¹═CH₂NH₂). Additional derivatives of A73 have been described by T. Wakamiya, Y. Oda, H. Fujita, T. Shiba, Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 2143-2134; U. Schöllkopf, B. Hupfeld, R. Gull, Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 755-756; J. E. Baldwin, R. M. Adlington, B. J. Rawlings, Tetrahedron Lett. 1985, 26, 481-484; D. Kalvin, K. Ramalinggam, P. Woodard, Synth. Comm. 1985, 15, 267-272 and L. M. Izquierdo, I. Arenal, M. Bernabe, E. Alvarez, Tetrahedron Lett. 1985, 41, 215-220.

A74: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 staring from the corresponding cyclobutanones.

A75 and A76: Compounds of this type can be prepared using the following methods: P. Hughes, J. Clardy, J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 4793-4796; E. A Bell, M. Y. Qureshi, R. J. Pryce, D. H. Janzen, P. Lemke, J. Clardy, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 1409; Y. Gaoni, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 1591-1594; R. D. Allan, J. R. Haurahan, T. W. Hambley, G. A. R. Johnston, K. N. Mewett, A. D. Mitrovic, J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 2905-2915 (R²³═COOH); G. W. Fleet, J. A. Seijas, M. Vasquez Tato, Tetrahedron 1988, 44, 2077-2080 (R²³═CH₂OH).

A77: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to J. H. Burckhalter, G. Schmied, J. Pharm. Sci. 1966, 55, 443-445 (R²³=aryl).

A78: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to J. C. Watkins, P. Kroosgard-Larsen, T. Honoré, TIPS 1990, 11, 25-33; F. Trigalo, D. Brisson, R. Azerad, Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6109 (R²⁴═COOH).

A79: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding pyrrolidine-3-ones.

A80—A82: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to D. M. Walker, E. W. Logusch, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 1181-1184; Y. Morimoto, K. Achiwa, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1989, 35, 3845-3849; J. Yoshimura, S. Kondo, M. Ihara, H. Hashimoto, Carbohydrate Res. 1982, 99, 129-142.

A83: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding pyrazoline-4-ones.

A84: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to R. M. Pinder, B. H. Butcher, D. H. Buxton, D. J. Howells, J. Med Chem. 1971, 14, 892-893; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78,563-580.

A85: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding indane-1,3-diones.

A86: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding indane-2-ones.

A87: Compounds of this type and analogues thereof can be prepared according to C. Cativiela, M. D. Diaz de Villegas, A. Avenoza, J. M. Peregrina, Tetrahedron 1993, 47, 10987-10996; C. Cativiela, P. Lope, J. A. Mayoral, Tetrahedron Assymmetry 1990, 1, 379; C. Cativiela, J. A. Mayoral, A. Avenoza, M. Gonzalez, M. A Rey, Synthesis 1990, 1114.

A87 and A88: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to L. Munday, J. Chem. Soc. 1961, 4372; J. Ansell, D. Morgan, H. C. Price, Tetrahedron Lett. 1978, 47, 4615-4616.

A89: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding piperidine-3-ones.

A90: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetrahydrothiapyran-3-ones.

A91: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetrahydropyran-3-ones.

A92: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding piperidine-2,5-diones.

A93: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding cyclohexanones.

A94: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 4208.

A95: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to N. J. Lewis, R. L. Inloes, J. Hes, R. H. Matthews, G. Milo, J. Med. Chem. 1978, 21, 1070-1073.

A96: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetrahydropyran-4-ones.

A97: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding piperidine-2,4-diones.

A98: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding 1-tetralones (D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696).

A99: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetraline-1,4-dione monodiethylacetals.

A100: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetrahydroquinolin-4-ones.

A101: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to general method described in Scheme 28 starting from the corresponding tetrahydroquinoline-2,4-diones.

A102: Compounds of this type can be prepared according to K. Ishizumi, N. Ohashi, N. Tanno, J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4477-4485; D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Broger, D. Bur, C. Lehmann, R. Ruffieux, P. Schönholzer, C. Spiegler, Helv. Chim. Acta 1995, 78, 563-580; D. Obrecht, C. Spiegler, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, H. Heimgartner, F. Stierli, Helv. Chim. Acta 1992, 75, 1666-1696; D. R. Raines, R. W. Fuller, S. Ahmad, D. T. Vistica, V. E. Marquez, J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 542-547; T. Decks, P. A. Crooks, R. D. Waigh, J. Pharm. Sci 1984, 73, 457-460; I. A. Blair, L. N. Mander, Austr. J. Chem. 1979, 32, 1055-1065.

Overviews dealing with building blocks of types (b)-(p) are: S. Hanessian, G. McNaughton-Smith, H. -G. Lombart, W. D. Lubell, Tetrahedron 1997, 38, 12789-12854; D. Obrecht, M. Altorfer, J. A. Robinson, “Novel Peptide Mimetic Building Blocks and Strategies for Efficient Lead Finding”, Adv. Med. Chem. 1999, Vol. 4, 1-68.

Templates of type (b1) can be prepared according to Schemes 31 and 32.

-   -   i: Treatment of 150 with a dehydrating reagent such as         thionylchloride in methanol at an elevated temperature,         conveniently at reflux.

-   ii: Introduction of Boc, e.g. using di-tert.-butyl dicarbonate and     triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane; any     other suitable N-protecting group (not shown in Reaction Scheme 31)     can be introduced in an analogous manner.

-   iii: Reaction of formed product with phthalimide, diethyl     diazodicarboxylate and triphenylphoshine under standard Mitsunobu     conditions (Mitsunobu, O.; Wada, M.; Sano, T. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc.     1972, 94, 672) to conveniently yield 151.

-   iv: Treatment of 151 with trifluoracetic acid in dichloromethane.

-   v: 152 is coupled under standard peptide coupling conditions with     Cbz-Asp(tBu)OH in DMF with reagents such as HBTU and     1-hydroxybenztriazole (HOBt) with a base such as     diisopropylethylamine to yield 153.

-   vi: Removal of the Cbz-group, conveniently by hydrogenation using H₂     and a catalyst such as Palladium on charcoal, in solvents such as     ethanol, DMF and ethyl acetate.

-   vii: The phthalimide group is cleaved off from the resulting     product, conveniently by treatment with hydrazine in a suitable     solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature, suitably at     about 80° C. and cleavage of the formed product with trifluoracetic     acid in CH₂Cl₂.

-   viii: The formed amino acid is conveniently protected with reagents     such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride or     9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base such as sodium     carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent or mixture of     solvents such as dioxane and water, or dichloromethane to yield 154     as described by Bisang, C.; Weber, C.; Robinson, J. A. Helv. Chim.     Acta 1996, 79, 1825-1842.

-   i: Treatment of 150 with a dehydrating reagent such as thionyl     chloride in a suitable solvent such as methanol at an elevated     temperature, conveniently at reflux. -   ii: The resulting amino acid ester is N-protected under standard     conditions for introducing the Cbz-group, e.g. using     benzyloxycarbonyl chloride and triethylamine in a suitable solvent     such as dichloromethane. -   iii: The Cbz-protected amino acid methyl ester is treated with     trimethylsilylchloride and a base such as triethylamine in a solvent     such as tetrahydrofuran, cooled, conveniently to about −78° C.,     followed by reaction with a strong base such as lithium     diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilylazide and tert.-butyl     bromoacetate yielding 155 as a mixture of diastereomers as described     by Bisang, C.; Jiang, L.; Freund, E.; Emery, F.; Bauch, C.; Matile,     H,; Pluschke, G.; Robinson, J. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120,     7439-7449; Emery, F.; Bisang, C.; Favre, M.; Jiang, L.;     Robinson, J. A. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1996, 2155-2156. -   iv: Reaction of 155 with phthalimide, diethyl diazodicarboxylate and     triphenylphosphine under standard Mitsunobu conditions (Mitsunobu,     O.; Wada, M.; Sano, T. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1972, 94, 672). -   v: The resulting product is hydrogenated using H₂ and a suitable     catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a solvent such as ethyl     acetate, DMF or ethanol; subsequently separation of diastereomers     takes place and yields 156. -   vi: 156 is coupled with Fmoc-Asp(allyl)OH under standard peptide     coupling conditions using reagents such as HATU, HOAt and a base     such as diisopropylethylamine in a suitable solvent such as DMF. -   vii: Cyclization, conveniently with DBU in DMF to yield 157. -   viii: The phthalimide group is cleaved off from resulting product,     conveniently by hydrazinolysis, e.g. treatment with methylhydrazine     in a suitable solvent such as DMF. -   ix: The formed product is conveniently protected with reagents such     as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl     succinimide using a base such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine     in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and     water, or dichloromethane to yield 158. -   x: Standard removal of an allyl ester group using e.g. palladium(0)     as catalyst gives 159.

Templates of type (b2) can be prepared according to Scheme 33.

-   i: 160 (obtainable from Vitamin C as described by Hubschwerlen, C.     (Synthesis 1986, 962) is treated with phthalimide, diethyl     diazodicarboxylate and triphenylphoshine under standard Mitsunobu     conditions (Mitsunobu, O.; Wada, M.; Sano, T. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc.     1972, 94, 672). -   ii: The phthalimide group is cleaved off from the product,     conveniently by hydrazinolysis, e.g. by treatment with     methylhydrazine in a suitable solvent such as DMF.     -   iii: The amino group is protected by treatment with a         benzoylating reagent such as benzoic acid anhydride or         benzoylchloride and a base such as triethylamine or         4-dimethylaminopyridine in a suitable solvent such as         dichloromethane or DMF. -   iv: Removal of the 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl group, e.g. with K₂S₂O₈ and     Na₂HPO₄ in aqueous acetonitrile at an elevated temperature, e.g. at     about 80° C. -   v: Introduction of a tert.-butoxycarbonyl group using e.g.     di-tert-butyloxycarbonyl dicarbonate, triethylamine and a catalytic     amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine in a suitable solvent such as     dichloromethane. -   vi: Reaction with aqueous sodium carbonate in tetrahydrofuran     followed by acidification. -   vii: Esterification of the carboxylic acid group, conveniently with     diazomethane in a suitable solvent such as diethylether yielding     161. -   viii Removal of the Cbz-group, conveniently by hydrogenation with H₂     in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a     solvent such as DMF to yield 161 as described by Pfeifer, M.;     Robinson, J. A. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1998, 1977. -   ix: 161 is coupled under standard peptide coupling conditions with     Cbz-Asp(tBu)OH in DMF with reagents such as HBTU and     1-hydroxybenztriazole with a base such as diisopropylethylamine to     yield 162 as described by Pfeifer, M; Robinson, J. A. J. Chem. Soc.     Chem. Commun. 1998, 1977. -   x: Removal of the Cbz-group, e.g. by hydrogenation using H₂ and a     catalyst such as palladium on charcoal under standard conditions,     yields 163 as described by Pfeifer, M.; Robinson, J. A. J. Chem.     Soc. Chem. Commun. 1998, 1977. -   xi: Cleavage of the tert.-butyl ester and tert-butyloxycarbonyl     groups, conveniently using trifluoracetic acid in dichloromethane or     4N hydrochloric acid in dioxane. -   xii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently     protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride     or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base such as sodium     carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent or mixture of     solvents such as dioxane and water, or dichloromethane to yield 164     as described by Pfeifer, M.; Robinson, J. A. J. Chem. Soc. Chem.     Commun. 1998, 1977.

Templates of type (c1) can be prepared according to Schemes 34 to 37.

-   -   i: 166 can be synthesized from 165 according to P. Waldmeier,         “Solid-supported synthesis of highly substituted         xanthene-derived templates for the synthesis of β-turn         stabilized cyclic peptide libraries”, PhD-thesis, University of         Zurich, 1996. For cleaving the phthalimide group 166 is         conveniently submitted to hydrazinolysis, e.g. by treatment with         hydrazine hydrate in a suitable solvent such as ethanol at an         elevated temperature, e.g. at about 80° C.     -   ii: The intermediate aminonitrile is saponified, conveniently         under basic conditions, e.g. with aqueous sodium hydroxide in a         suitable solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature,         conveniently under reflux, to yield 167.     -   iii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 168 as described by P. Waldmeier,         “Solid-supported synthesis of highly substituted         xanthene-derived templates for the synthesis of β-turn         stabilized cyclic peptide libraries”, PhD-thesis, University of         Zurich, 1996.

-   iv: Regioselective bromination of 167 is performed preferably with     bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a similar fashion     R³⁷═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with HNO₃ in acetic acid and     R³⁷═CH₂—NPht by treatment with hydroxymethyl phthalimide in H₂SO₄.     -   v. The amino group is conveniently Cbz-protected with reagents         such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane in presence of a base such as aqueous         sodium hydroxide.     -   vi: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with DBU         and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 169.     -   vii: Introduction of lower all, substituted lower alkyl and aryl         substituents (R³⁷), conveniently by palladium(0)-catalyzed         Stille-(Stille, J. K. Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and         Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e T.; Mijaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org. Chem.         1993, 58, 2201). Any other functionalization known for aryl         bromides can be employed for introduction of substituents R³⁷.     -   viii: Removal of the Cbz-group, e.g. by hydrogenation using H₂         and a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable         solvent such as ethanol, DMF and ethyl acetate.     -   ix: Hydrolysis of the ester group, conveniently under acidic         conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a         suitable solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature,         preferably at about 100° C.     -   x: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 170.

-   -   i: Double ortho-bromination of 171 is performed preferably with         excess bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a similar         fashion R³⁷═R³⁸═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with HNO₃ in         acetic acid and R³⁷═R³⁸═CH₂—NPht by treatment with hydroxymethyl         phthalimide in H₂SO₄.     -   ii: The amino group is protected, conveniently Cbz-protected,         with reagents such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide         in a suitable solvent such as dioxane in the presence of a base         such as aqueous sodium hydroxide.     -   iii: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with         DBU and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 172.     -   iv: Introduction of lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl and         aryl substituents (R³⁷═R³⁸), e.g. by palladium(0)-catalyzed         Stille-(Stille, J. K. Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and         Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.; Mijaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org.         Chem. 1993, 58, 2201). Any other functionalization known for         aryl bromides can be employed for introduction of substituents         R³⁷ and R³⁸.     -   v: Removal of the Cbz-group of 173, e.g. by hydrogenation using         H₂ and a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable         solvent such as ethanol, DMF or ethyl acetate.     -   vi: Hydrolysis of the ester group, conveniently under acidic         conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a         suitable solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature,         conveniently at about 100° C.     -   vii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 174.

-   -   i: Cleavage of the methoxy groups of 166, preferably by         treatment with an excess of boron tribromide in a suitable         solvent such as dichloromethane.     -   ii: Hydrolysis of the cyano group under acidic conditions,         preferably with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature, conveniently         at about 100° C.     -   iii: The resulting acid is treated with a dehydrating agent such         as thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as dioxane to         yield 175.     -   iv: Treatment of 175 with an appropriate triflating reagent,         preferably trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride in the         presence of a base such as 2,6-di-tert.-butyl-pyridine in a         suitable solvent such as dichloromethane.     -   v: Heating of the intermediate, conveniently in a suitable         solvent such as methanol.     -   vi: Introduction of lower allyl or aryl-lower alkyl (R³⁵) by         alkylation to yield 177. Any other functionalization known for         phenol groups can be employed for introduction of substituents         R³⁵.     -   vii: Introduction of lower alkyl or aryl (R³⁶), conveniently by         palladium(0)-catalyzed Suzuki-coupling (Oh-e, T.; Mijaura, N.;         Suzuki, A. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 2201) to yield 178. Any other         functionalization known for aryl bromides can be employed for         introduction of substituents R³⁶.     -   viii: Hydrolysis of the ester group under acidic conditions,         conveniently with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature, e.g. at         about 100° C.     -   ix: Cleavage of the phthalimido group, conveniently by         hydrazinolysis, e.g. with hydrazine hydrate in a suitable         solvent such as ethanol.     -   x: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 179.

-   i: Bromination of 175 using reagents such as bromine in a mixture of     acetic acid and dichloromethane at temperatures ranging from about     0° C. to about room temperature. -   ii: Benzoylation of the hydroxy group using an appropriate acylating     agent such as benzoyl chloride or benzoic acid anhydride, a base     such as pyridine or triethylamine and a suitable solvent such as     dichloromethane to yield 180. -   iii: 180 is treated with methanol and a catalytic amount of an     acidic catalyst such as camphor sulfonic acid under heating. -   iv: Introduction of lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl (R³⁵) by     alkylation using a base such as sodium hydride or potassium     tert.-butoxide in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane     or DMF gives 181.     -   v: Lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl and aryl substituents         (R³⁸) are introduced, e.g. by palladium(0)-catalyzed         Stille-(Stille, J. K. Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and         Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.; Mijaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org.         Chem. 1993, 58, 2201). Any other functionalization known for         aryl bromides can be employed for introduction of substituents         R³⁸.     -   vi: For cleaving the benzyloxy group the intermediate is         conveniently heated with sodium cyanide adsorbed on aluminum         oxide and methanol. -   vii: Treatment with an appropriate triflating reagent, preferably     trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride, in the presence of a base     such as 2,6di-tert.-butyl-pyridine in a suitable solvent such as     dichloromethane.     -   viii: Introduction of lower alkyl and aryl substituents (R³⁶),         e.g. by palladium(0)-catalyzed Stille-(Stille, J. K. Agnew.         Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.; Mijaura,         N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 2201) yields 182. Any         other functionalization known for aryl bromides can be employed         for introduction of substituents R³⁶. -   ix: Bromination under standard conditions such as using bromine in     acetic acid and dichloromethane at temperatures ranging from about     0° C. to about room temperature.     -   x: Lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl and aryl substituents         (R³⁷) are introduced, e.g. by palladium(0)-catalyzed         Stille-(Stille, J. K. Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and         Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.; Mijaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org.         Chem. 1993, 58, 2201) to yield 184. Any other functionalization         known for aryl bromides can be employed for introduction of         substituents R³⁷.     -   xi: The ester group is hydrolyzed under acidic conditions,         conveniently with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature, e.g. at         about 100° C. -   xii: The phthalimido group is cleaved, e.g. by hydrazinolysis,     conveniently with hydrazine hydrate in a suitable solvent such as     ethanol. -   xiii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently     protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride     or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base such as sodium     carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent or mixture of     solvents such as dioxane and water, or dichloromethane to yield 185.

Templates of type (c2) can be prepared as shown in Schemes 38 and 39.

-   i: 3,7-Dimethoxyphenothiazine 186 is prepared and converted into 187     according to Müller, K.; Obrecht, D.; Knierzinger, A.; Spiegler, C.;     Bannwarth, W.; Trzeciak, A.; Englert, G.; Labhardt, A;     Schönholzer, P. Perspectives in Medicinal Chemistry, Editor Testa,     B.; Kyburz, E.; Fuhrer, W.; Giger, R., Weinheim, New York, Basel,     Cambridge: Verlag Helvetica Chimica Acta, 1993, 513-531; Bannwarth,     W.; Gerber, F.; Grieder, A; Knierzinger, A.; Müller, K.; Obrecht.     D.; Trzeciak, A. Can. Pat. Appl. CA2101599 (131 pages). The benzyl     group is cleaved off from 187 conveniently by hydrogenation, e.g.     with H₂ and a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable     solvent such as ethanol, DMF or ethyl acetate.     -   ii: Introduction of lower alkyl (R⁴³) by alkylation using an         appropriate alkylating agent (R⁴³—X′; X′═OTf, Br, I) and strong         bases such as sodium amide in liquid ammonia or sodium hydride         in tetrahydrofuran, dioxan or DM in the presence of a phase         transfer catalyst such as TDA-I. In a similar manner substituted         lower alkyl (43) can be introduced; thus, for example         R⁴³═CH₂COOR⁵⁵ and CH₂CH₂COOR⁵⁵ can be introduced by treatment         with the appropriate 2-halo acetic and, respectively, 3-halo         propionic acid derivatives. Any other functionalization known         for diarylamines can be employed for introduction of         substituents R⁴³.     -   iii: Cleavage of the methoxy groups of 188, conveniently by         treatment with an excess of boron tribromide in a suitable         solvent such as dichloromethane at temperatures ranging from         about −20° C. to about room temperature.     -   iv: For the introduction of lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl         or aryl-lower alkyl substituents (R³⁹ and R⁴⁰) the intermediate         bis-phenol derivative is conveniently reacted with a reagent of         the formula R³⁹-and R⁴⁰—X′ (X′═OTf, Br, I) in the presence of         strong bases such as sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran, dioxan         or DMF in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as         TDA-I. Any other functionalization known for phenol groups can         be employed for introduction of substituents R³⁹ and R⁴⁰.     -   v: The cyano group of 188 and, respectively, 189 is hydrolyzed,         conveniently under acidic conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous         hydrochloric acid in a suitable solvent such as dioxane at an         elevated temperature, e.g. at about 100° C. -   vi: The phthalimide group of the intermediate is cleaved,     conveniently by hydrazinolysis, e.g. with hydrazine hydrate in a     suitable solvent such as ethanol. -   vii: The free amino group is conveniently protected with reagents     such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride or     9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base such as sodium     carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent or mixture of     solvents such as dioxane and water, or dichloromethane to yield 190     and, respectively, 191.

-   i: The cyano group of 188 is hydrolyzed, conveniently under acidic     conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a suitable     solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature, e.g. at about     100° C. -   ii: The phthalimide group of the intermediate is cleaved,     conveniently by hydrazinolysis, e.g. with hydrazine hydrate in a     suitable solvent such as ethanol to yield 192.     -   iii: Double ortho-bromination of 192 is performed preferably         with excess bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a         similar fashion R⁴¹═R⁴²═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with         HNO₃ in acetic acid and R⁴¹═R⁴²═CH₂—NPht by treatment with         hydroxymethyl phthalimide in H₂SO₄. Any other functionalization         by electrophilic aromatic substitution known can be employed for         introduction of substituents R⁴¹ and R⁴².     -   iv: The amino group is protected, conveniently Cbz-protected,         with reagents such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide         in a suitable solvent such as dioxane in the presence of a base         such as aqueous sodium hydroxide.     -   v: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with DBU         and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 193.     -   vi: Regioselective bromination of 192 is performed preferably         with bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a similar         fashion R⁴¹═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with HNO₃ in         acetic acid and R⁴¹═CH₂—NPt by treatment with hydroxymethyl         phthalimide in H₂SO₄. Any other functionalization by         electrophilic aromatic substitution known can be employed for         introduction of substituents R⁴¹.     -   vii: The amino group is conveniently Cbz-protected with reagents         such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane in presence of a base such as aqueous         sodium hydroxide.     -   viii: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with         DBU and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 194.     -   ix: Introduction of lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl and         aryl substituents (R⁴¹) for 194 and (R⁴¹ and R⁴²) for 193,         conveniently by palladium(0)-catalyzed Stille-(Stille, J. K.         Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.;         Mjaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 2201). Any other         functionalization known for aryl bromides can be employed for         introduction of substituents R⁴¹ and R⁴².     -   x: Removal of the Cbz-group, e.g. by hydrogenation using H₂ and         a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable solvent         such as ethanol, DMF and ethyl acetate.     -   xi: Hydrolysis of the ester group, conveniently under acidic         conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a         suitable solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature,         preferably at about 100° C.     -   xii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 195 and 196.

Templates of type (c3) can be prepared as shown in Schemes 40 and 41.

-   -   i: 197 can be prepared from commercial resorufin and coverted         into 198 according to Müller, K.; Obrecht, D.; Knierzinger, A.;         Spiegler, C.; Bannwarth, W.; Trzeciak, A.; Englert, G.;         Labhardt, A; Schönholzer, P. Perspectives in Medicinal         Chemistry, Editor Testa, B.; Kyburz, E.; Fuhrer, W.; Giger, R.,         Weinheim, New York, Basel, Cambridge: Verlag Helvetica Chimica         Acta, 1993, 513-531; Bannwarth, W.; Gerber, F.; Grieder, A.;         Knierzinger, A.; Miller, K.; Obrecht. D.; Trzeciak, A. Can. Pat.         Appl. CA2101599 (131 pages). For splitting off the benzyl group         198 is conveniently hydrogenated e.g. with H₂ and a catalyst         such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable solvent such as         ethanol, DMF or ethyl acetate.     -   ii: Introduction of lower alkyl (R⁴³) by alkylation with R⁴³—X′         (X′═OTf, Br, I) using strong bases such as sodium amide in         liquid ammonia or sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran, dioxan or         DMF in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as TDA-I         to yield 199. In a similar manner substituted lower alkyl (R⁴³)         can be introduced; thus, for example, R⁴³═CH₂COOR⁵⁵ and         CH₂CH₂COOR⁵⁵ can be introduced by treatment with the appropriate         2-halo acetic and, respectively, 3-halo propionic acid         derivatives. Any other functionalization of diarylamino groups         known can be employed for introduction of substituents R¹³.     -   iii: Cleavage of the methoxy groups of 199, conveniently by         treatment with excess boron tribromide in dichloromethane at         temperatures ranging from about −20° to about room temperature.     -   iv: The intermediate bis-phenol derivative is preferably reacted         with R³⁹ and R⁴⁰—X′ (X′═OTf, Br, I) in the presence of strong         bases such as sodium hydride in tetrahydrofuran, dioxan or DMF         in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as TDA-I. Any         other functionalization for phenol groups can be employed for         introduction of substituents R³⁹ and R⁴⁰.     -   v: The cyano group of 199 and, respectively, 200 is hydrolyzed         under acidic conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid         in a suitable solvent such as dioxane at an elevated         temperature, conveniently at about 100° C.     -   vi: The phthalimide group is cleaved, conveniently by         hydrazinolysis, e.g. with hydrazine hydrate in suitable solvent         such as ethanol.     -   vii: The free amino group is conveniently protected with         reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl chloride or         9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base such as         sodium carbonate or triethylamine in suitable solvent or mixture         of solvents such as dioxane and water, or dichloromethane to         yield 201 and, respectively, 202.

-   i: The cyano group of 199 is hydrolyzed, conveniently under acidic     conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a suitable     solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature, e.g. at about     100° C. -   ii: The phthalimide group of the intermediate is cleaved,     conveniently by hydrazinolysis, e.g. with hydrazine hydrate in a     suitable solvent such as ethanol to yield 203.     -   iii: Double ortho-bromination of 203 is performed preferably         with excess bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a         similar fashion R⁴¹═R⁴²═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with         HNO₃ in acetic acid and R⁴¹═R⁴²═CH₂—NPht by treatment with         hydroxymethyl phthalimide in H₂SO₄. Any other functionalization         by electrophilic aromatic substitution can be employed for         introduction of substituents R⁴¹ and ⁴².     -   iv: The amino group is protected, conveniently Cbz-protected,         with reagents such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide         in a suitable solvent such as dioxane in the presence of a base         such as aqueous sodium hydroxide.     -   v: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with DBU         and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 204.     -   vi: Regioselective bromination of 203 is performed preferably         with bromine in acetic acid and dichloromethane. In a similar         fashion R⁴¹═NO₂ can be introduced by treatment with HNO₃ in         acetic acid and R⁴¹═CH₂—NPht by treatment with hydroxymethyl         phthalimide in H₂SO₄.     -   vii: The amino group is conveniently Cbz-protected with reagents         such as benzyloxycarbonyl chloride or succinimide in a suitable         solvent such as dioxane in presence of a base such as aqueous         sodium hydroxide.     -   viii: The carboxylic acid group is esterified, preferably with         DBU and methyl iodide in DMF to yield 205.     -   ix: Introduction of lower alkyl substituted lower alkyl and aryl         substituents (R⁴¹) for 205 and (R⁴¹ and R⁴²) for 204,         conveniently by palladium(0)-catalyzed Stille-(Stille, J. K.         Angew. Chem. 1986, 68, 504) and Suzuki-couplings (Oh-e, T.;         Mijaura, N.; Suzuki, A. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 2201). Any other         functionalization known for aryl bromides can be employed for         introduction of substituents R⁴¹ and R⁴².     -   x: Removal of the Cbz-group, e.g. by hydrogenation using H₂ and         a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal in a suitable solvent         such as ethanol, DMF and ethyl acetate.     -   xi: Hydrolysis of the ester group, conveniently under acidic         conditions, e.g. with 25% aqueous hydrochloric acid in a         suitable solvent such as dioxane at an elevated temperature,         preferably at about 100° C.     -   xii: The intermediate free amino acid formed is conveniently         protected with reagents such as 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl         chloride or 9-fluorenylmethoxcarbonyl succinimide using a base         such as sodium carbonate or triethylamine in a suitable solvent         or mixture of solvents such as dioxane and water, or         dichloromethane to yield 206 and 207.

Templates(d) can be prepared according to D. Obrecht, U. Bohdal, C. Lehmann, P. Schönholzer, K. Müller, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 10883; D. Obrecht, C. Abrecht, M. Altorfer, U. Bohdal, A. Grieder, M. Kleber, P. Pfyffer, K. Müller, Helv. Chim. Acta 1996, 79, 1315-1337.

Templates (e1) and (e2): See R. Mueller, L. Revesz, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 4091; H. -G. Lubell, W. D. Lubell, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 9437; L. Colombo, M. DiGiacomo, G. Papeo, O. Carugo, C. Scolastico, L. Manzoni, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 4031.

Templates (e3): See S. Hanessian, B. Ronan, A. Laoui, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1994, 4, 1397.

Templates (e4): See S. Hanessian, G. McNaughton-Smith, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1996, 6, 1567.

Templates (f): See T. P. Curran, P. M. McEnay, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 191-194.

Templates (g): See D. Gramberg, C. Weber, R. Beeli, J. Inglis, C. Bruns, J. A. Robinson, Helv. Chem. Acta 1995, 78, 1588-1606; K. H. Kim, J. P. Dumas, J. P. Germanas, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3138-3144.

Templates (h): See S. de Lombart, L. Blanchard, L. B. Stamford, D. M. Sperbeck, M. D. Grim, T. M. Jenson, H. R. Rodriguez, Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 7513-7516.

Templates (i1): See J. A. Robl, D. S. Karanewski, M. M. Asaad, Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 5, 773-758.

Templates (i2): See T. P. Burkholder, T. -B. Le, E. L. Giroux, G. A. Flynn, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1992, 2, 579.

Templates (i3) and (i4): See L. M. Simplins, J. A. Robl, M. P. Cimarusti, D. E. Ryono, J. Stevenson, C. -Q. Sun, E. W. Petrillo, D. S. Karanewski, M. M. Asaad, J. E. Bird, T. R. Schaeffer, N. C. Trippodo, Abstracts of papers, 210^(th) Am. Chem. Soc Meeting, Chicago, Ill, MEDI 064 (1995).

Templates (k): See D. BenIshai, A. R. McMurray, Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 6399.

Templates (l): See E. G. von Roedem, H. Kessler, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1994, 33, 687-689.

Templates (m): See R. Gonzalez-Muniz, M. J. Dominguez, M. T. Garcia-Lopez, Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 5191-5198.

Templates (n): See F. Esser, A. Carpy, H. Briem, H. Koppen, K. -H. Pook, Int. J. Pept. Res. 1995, 45, 540-546.

Templates (o): See N. De la Figuera, I. Alkorta, T. Garcia-Lopez, R. Herranz, R. Gonzalez-Muniz, Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 7841.

Templates (p): See U. Slomcynska, D. K. Chalmers, F. Cornille, M. L. Smythe, D. D. Benson, K. D. Moeller, G. R. Marshall, J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 1198-1204.

Medicaments containing a β-hairpin mimetis of general formula I, a solvate or a salt thereof are likewise objects of the present invention, as is a process for the manufacture of such medicaments which comprises bringing one or more of said compounds and, where desired, one or more additional therapeutically valuable substances into a galenical dosage form.

For the control or prevention of a given illness amenable to treatment with protease inhibitors, the β-hairpin mimetics of the invention can be administered singly, as mixtures of several β-hairpin mimetics, in combination with other inhibitors of protease enzymes or in combination with other pharmaceutically active agents. The β-hairpin mimetics of the invention can be administered per se or as pharmaceutical compositions. The dosage of the active substance, that is, a compound of formula I, can vary within wide limits and will, of course, be fitted to the individual requirements in each particular case. In general, in the case of oral or parenteral, for example, intravenous or subcutaneous, administration a dosage of about 0.1-29 mg/kg, preferably of about 0.5-5 mg/kg, per day should be appropriate for adults, although the upper limit just given can also be increased or lowered, when this is shown to be indicated.

Pharmaceutical compositions comprising β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may be manufactured by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, coated tablet-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes. Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients or auxilliaries which facilitate processing of the active β-hairpin peptidomimetics into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation depends upon the method of administration chosen.

Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection, e.g. subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or intraperitoneal injection, as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal, oral or pulmonary administration.

For injections, the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Rink's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. The solution may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may be in powder form for combination with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.

For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation as known in the art.

For oral administration, the compounds can be readily formulated by combining the active β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art. Such carriers enable the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions etc., for oral ingestion of a patient to be treated. For oral formulations such as, for example, powders, capsules and tablets, suitable excipients include fillers such as sugars, such as lactose, sucrose, mannitol and sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP); granulating agents; and binding agents. If desired, desintegrating agents may be added, such as cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidones, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. If desired, solid dosage forms may be sugar-coated or enteric-coated using standard techniques.

For oral liquid preparations such as, for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions, suitable carriers, excipients or diluents include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, etc. In addition, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the lie may be added.

For buccal administration, the composition may take the form of tablets, lozenges, etc. formulated as usual.

For administration by inhalation, the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention are conveniently delivered in form of an aeorosol spray from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluromethane, carbon dioxide or another suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dose unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.

The compounds may also be formulated in rectal or vaginal compositions such as suppositories together with appropriate suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.

In addition to the formulation described previously, the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may also be formulated as depot preparations. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (e.g. subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. For the manufacture of such depot preparations the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g. as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble salts.

In addition, other pharmaceutical delivery systems may be employed such as liposomes and emulsions well known in the art. Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide also may be employed. Additionally, the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials have been established and are well known by those skilled in the art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biological stability of the therapeutic agent, additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.

As the β-hairpin pepdidomimetics of the invention may contain charged residues, they may be included in any of the above-described formulations as free bases or as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous and other protic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms.

The β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention, or compositions thereof, will generally be used in an amount effective to achieve the intended purpose. It is to be understood that the amount used will depend on a particular application.

For use to treat or prevent diseases amenable to treatment with protease inhibitors, the β-hairpin pepidomimetics of the invention, or compositions thereof, are administered or applied in a therapeutically effective amount. By therapeutically effective amount is meant an amount effective in ameliorating the symptoms of, or ameliorate, treat or prevent diseases related to protease activity. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capacities of those skilled in the art, especially in view of the detailed disclosure provided herein.

Initial dosages can also be determined from in vivo data, e.g. animal models, using techniques that are well known in the art. One having ordinary skills in the art could readily optimize administration to humans based on animal data.

Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention which are sufficient to maintain the therapeutic effect. Usual patient dosages for administration by injection range from about 0.1-5 mg/kg/day, preferably from about 0.5 to 1 mg/kg/day. Therapeutically effective serum levels may be achieved by administering multiple doses each day.

The amount of β-hairpin peptidomimetics administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the severity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgement of the prescribing physician.

Normally, a therapeutically effective dose of the β-hairpin peptidomimetics described herein will provide therapeutic benefit without causing substantial toxicity.

Toxicity of the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., by determining the LD₅₀ (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) or the LD₁₀₀ (the dose lethal to 100% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effect is the therapeutic index. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a dosage range that is not toxic for use in humans.

The dosage of the β-hairpin peptidomimetics of the invention lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the effective dose with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within the range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The exact formulation, route of administration and dose can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition (see, e.g. Fingl et al. 1975, In: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Ch. 1, p. 1).

Compounds of formula I containing a free thiol group, i.e. compounds containing as R²-R⁶, R⁸-R¹⁰, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁵-R¹⁹, R²¹-R²⁹, R³³ or R⁶⁴ a residue of the formula —(CH₂)_(m)(CHR⁶¹)_(s)SR⁵⁶ in which R⁵⁶ is H, can be immobilized on gold-coated wawers, and interactions with ligands can be determined by means of the so-called surface plasmon resonance (SPR) biosensor analysis (cf. M. Fivash, E. M. Towler and R. J. Fisher, Curr. Opin. in Biotechnol. 1998, 9, 97-101; and R. L. Rich and D. G. Myszca, Curr. Opin. in Biotechnol. 2000, 11, 54-61).

The following Examples illustrate the invention m more detail but are not intended to limit its scope in any way. The following abbreviations are used in these Examples:

-   HBTU: 1-benzotriazol-1-yl-tetramethylurouniumhexafluorophosphate -   (Knorr et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 1927-1930) -   HOBt: 1-hydroxybenzotriazole -   DIEA: diisopropylethylamine -   HOAT: 7-aza-1-hydroxybenzotriazole -   HATU: O-(7-aza-benzotriazole-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronoium     hexafluorophosphate -   Carpino et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2279-2281)

EXAMPLES

1. Peptide Synthesis

Coupling of the First Protected Amino Acid Residue

0.5 g of 2-chlorotritylchloride resin (Barlos et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 3943-3946) (0.83 mMol/g, 0.415 mmol) was filled into a dried flask. The resin was suspended in CH₂Cl₂ (2.5 ml) and allowed to swell at room temperature under constant stirring. The resin was treated with 0.415 mmol (1eq) of the first suitably protected amino acid residue (see below) and 284 μl (4eq) of diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) in CH₂Cl₂ (2.5 ml), the mixture was shaken at 25° C. for 15 minutes, poured onto the pre-swollen resin and stirred at 25° C. for 18 hours. The resin colour changed to purple and the solution remained yellowish. The resin was washed extensively (CH₂Cl₂/MeOH/DIEA 17/2/1; CH₂Cl₂, DMF; CH₂Cl₂; Et₂O, 3 times each) and dried under vacuum for 6 hours.

Loading was typically 0.6-0.7 mMol/g.

The following preloaded resins were prepared: Fmoc-Ser(tBu)O-chlorotritylresin and Fmoc-AlaO-chlorotritylresin.

1.1. Procedure 1

The synthesis was carried out using a Syro-peptide synthesizer (Multisyntech) using 24 to 96 reaction vessels. In each vessel was placed 60 mg (weight of the resin before loading) of the above resin. The following reaction cycles were programmed and carried out:

Step Reagent Time 1 CH₂Cl₂, wash and swell (manual) 3 × 1 min. 2 DMF, wash and swell 1 × 5 min 3 40% piperidine/DMF 1 × 5 min. 4 DMF, wash 5 × 2 min. 5 5 equiv. Fmoc amino acid/DMF +5 eq. HBTU +5 eq. HOBt +5 eq. DlEA 1 × 120 min. 6 DMF, wash 4 × 2 min. 7 CH₂Cl₂, wash (at the end of the synthesis) 3 × 2 min. Steps 3 to 6 are repeated to add each amino acid Cleavage of the Fully Protected Peptide Fragment

After completion of the synthesis, the resin was suspended in 1 ml (0.39 mmol) of 1% TFA in CH₂Cl₂ (v/v) for 3 minutes, filtered and the filtrate was neutralized with 1 ml (1.17 mMol, 3eq.) of 20% DIEA in CH₂Cl₂ (v/v). This procedure was repeated twice to ensure completion of the cleavage. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and the product was fully deprotected to be analyzed by reverse phase-HPLC (column C₁₈) to monitor the efficiency of the linear peptide synthesis.

Cyclization of the Linear Peptide

100 mg of the fully protected linear peptide were dissolved in DMF (9 ml, conc. 10 mg/ml). Then 41.8 mg (0.110 Mol, 3 eq.) of HATU, 14.9 mg (0.110 mMol, 3 eq) of HOAt and 1 ml (0.584 mMol) of 10% DIEA in DMF (v/v) were added and the mixture vortexed at 20° C. for 16 hours and subsequently concentrated under high vacuum. The residue was partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and H₂O/CH₃CN (90/10: v/v). The CH₂Cl₂ phase was evaporated to yield the fully protected cyclic peptide.

Deprotection and Purification of the Cyclic Peptide

The cyclic peptide obtained was dissolved in 1 ml of the cleavage mixture containing 95% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), 2.5% water and 2.5% triisopropylsilane (TIS). The mixture was left to stand at 20° C. for 2.5 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in a solution of H₂O/acetic acid (75/25: v/v) and the mixture extracted with di-isopropylether.

The water phase was dried under vacuum and then the product purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC.

After lyophilisation products were obtained as a white powder and analysed by ESI-MS. The analytical data comprising HPLC retension times and ESI-MS are shown in table 1.

Examples ex.1-11 (n=7) are shown in table 1. The peptides were synthesized staring with the amino acid at position P3 which was coupled to the resin. Starting resins were Fmoc-Ser(tBu)O-chlorotritylresin and Fmoc-AlaO-chlorotrityl resin, which were prepared as described above. The linear peptides were synthesized on solid support according to procedure 1 in the following sequence: P4-P6-P7-^(D)Pro-Pro-P1-P2-P3-resin, cleaved, cyclized, deprotected and purified as indicated.

Examples ex.12 and 13 (n=7) are also shown in table 1. The peptides were synthesized starting with the amino acid at position P3 which was grafted to the resin. Starting resin was Fmoc-Ser(tBu)O-chlorotritylresin, which was prepared as described above. The linear peptides were synthesized on solid support according to procedure 1 in the following sequence: P4-P5-P6-P7-^(D)Pro-(A8′-1)-P1-P2-P3-resin (ex 12) and, respectively, P4-P5-P6-P7-^(D)Pro-(A8″-1)-P1-P2-P3-resin (ex. 13), cleaved, cyclized, deprotected and purified as indicated.

Example ex.14 (n=7) is shown in table 1, too. The peptide was synthesized starting with the amino acid at position P3 which was grafted to the resin. Starting resin was Fmoc-Ser(tBu)O-chlorotritylresin, which was prepared as described above. The linear peptide was synthesized on solid support according to procedure 1 in the following sequence: P4-P5-P6-P7-(c1-1)-P1-P2-P3-resin, cleaved, cyclized, deprotected and purified as indicated.

Building block (c1-1) is described below.

Example ex.15 (n=11) is likewise shown in table 1. The peptide was synthesized starting with the amino acid at position P5 which was coupled to the resin. Staring resin was Fmoc-Ser(tBu)O-chlorotritylresin, which was prepared as described above. The linear peptide was synthesized on solid support according to procedure 3 (see below)in the following sequence: P6-P7-P8-P9-P10-P11-^(D)Pro-Pro-P1-P2-P3-P4-P5-resin, cleaved, cyclized, oxidized, deprotected and purified as indicated.

TABLE 1 Examples ex. 1-15 Sequence P1 to P7 Obtained (ex. 1-14) P1 to RT mass Ex. Seq. ID P11 (ex. 15) Template (min.) [M + H]⁺ 1 SEQ ID NO:1 TKSIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 13.39^(a)) 931.63 2 SEQ ID NO:2 AKSIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 14.57^(a)) 901.8 3 SEQ ID NO:3 TASIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 14.28^(a)) 874.06 4 SEQ ID NO:4 TKAIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 13.97^(a)) 915.79 5 SEQ ID NO:5 TKSAPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 12.71^(a)) 889.64 6 SEQ ID NO:6 TKSIAPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 14.40^(a)) 905.8 7 SEQ ID NO:7 TKSIPAI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 13.44^(a)) 905.72 8 SEQ ID NO:8 TKSIPPA ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 11.83^(a)) 889.7 9 SEQ ID NO:9 TYSIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 15.99^(a)) 966.7 10 SEQ ID NO:10 TWSIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 17.32^(a)) 989.7 11 SEQ ID NO:11 TFSIPPI ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 17.02^(a)) 950.7 12 SEQ ID NO:12 TKSIPPI ^(D)Pro-A8′-1 11.28^(a)) 1030.2 13 SEQ ID NO:13 TKSIPPI ^(D)Pro-A8″-1 12.55^(a)) 1044.3 14 SEQ ID NO:14 TKSIPPI (c1-1) 13.15^(b)) 1076.5 15 SEQ ID NO:15

^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro 16.07^(a)) 1439.7 ^(a))Vydac C-18-column; gradient: 5% MeCN/H₂O + 0.1% CF₃COOH for 2 min.; then 50% MeCN/H₂O + 0.1% CF₃COOH over 15 min. and 50-100% MeCN/H₂O + 0.1% CF₃COOH over 4 min. ^(b))Vydac C-18-column; gradient: 5-60% MeCN/H₂O + 0.1% CF₃COOH over 20 min. ^(c))Nd: not determined 1.2. Procedure 2

Example ex.13 was also synthesized using procedure 2.

The peptide synthesis is carried out by solid phase method using standard Fmoc chemistry on a peptide synthesizer-ABI 433A.

The first amino acid, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH (0.68g, 1.2 equiv.) is coupled to the 2-chlorotritylchloride resin (Barlos et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 3943-3946) (2g, 0.83 mmol/g) in presence of DIEA (1.12 mL, 4 equiv.) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL), with swirling for 3 hr at room temperature. The resin is then washed with 3×CH₂Cl₂/MeOH/DIEA(17:2:1), 3×CH₂Cl₂, 2×DMF, 2×CH₂Cl₂, 2×MeOH. Finally, the resin is dried under vacuum and the substitution level was measured by weight increase (˜0.6 mmol/g).

In case it is desired to use different acylating agents, the resin with the synthesized linear peptide, Ile-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Pro-Ile-^(D)Pro-212-Thr(tBu)-Lys(Boc)-Ser(tBu)-resin, is preferably divided into equal parts and placed in different reaction vessels in order to carry out the acylation reaction in parallel format. The coupling and deprotection reactions in the following steps are monitored by Kaiser's test (Kaiser et al. Anal. Biochemistry 1970, 43, 595).

Removal of Alloc Protecting Group

To the linear peptide resin (100 mg per reaction vessel) is added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.5 equiv.) under argon followed by dry CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) and phenylsilane (17 μL, 30 equiv.). The reaction mixture is left for 1 hour in the dark, filtered, and the resin is washed twice with CH₂Cl₂, DMF, and CH₂Cl₂.

Acylation of 4—Amino-Proline Group

To the resin is added the corresponding acylating agent (usually a carboxyxlic acid (R^(64′)COOH, 3 equiv.), HBTU (22.3 mg, 4 equiv.), HOBt (8 mg, 4 equiv.) and DIEA (125 μL, 6 equiv.) in DMF (2 mL) for 1.5-2 hrs at room temperature. The resin is filtered, washed with 2×DMF, 3×CH₂Cl₂, 2×DMF.

Deprotection of N^(α)-Fmoc Group

Deprotection of the Fmoc-group is achieved by treating the resin with 20% piperidine in DMF for 20 min. The resin is subsequently filtered and washed three times with DMF, and CH₂Cl₂, and twice with DMF, and CH₂Cl₂.

Cleavage of Peptide From the Resin

The linear side-chain protected peptide is cleaved from the resin using AcOH:TFE:CH₂Cl₂ (2:2:6, v/v/v) for 2 hrs at room temperature. The resin is filtered off and washed twice with a mixture of AcOH:TFE:DCM and once with CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate is subsequently diluted with hexane (14 times by vol.) and concentrated. Evaporation is repeated twice with hexane to remove traces of AcOH. The residue is dried under vacuum. Yield of the linear protected peptide is generally about 40-50 mg.

Cyclization of the Linear Protected Peptide

Cyclization is carried out in DMF at a concentration of 5 mg/mL using HATU (13.12 mg, 3 equiv.), HOAT (4.7 mg, 3 equiv.), DIEA (153 μL, 6 equiv.). The reaction mixture is stirred for 16 hrs at room temperature and the completion of reaction is monitored by HPLC. After the evaporation of DMF, CH₃CN/H₂O (90/10, v/v) is added to the residue and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is washed once with water and evaporated to dryness. Dried under vacuum.

Cleavage of Side Chain Protecting Groups

The final deprotection of the side-chain protecting groups is carried out by treating the peptide with TFA:triisopropylsilane:H₂O (95:2.5:2.5, v/v/v) at room temperature for 3 hrs. TFA is then evaporated and the residue triturated with cold ether.

Purification

The crude peptides thus obtained are analyzed and purified by HPLC on a VYDAC C18 preparative column using 5-60% CH₃CN/H₂O+0.1% TFA in 30 min as gradient and a flow rate of 10 ml/min. The purity of the final peptide is checked by analytical HPLC and by ESI-MS.

1.3. Procedure 3

Procedure 3 describes the synthesis of β-hairpin mimetics having disulfide β-strand linkages.

n=11: The peptides are synthesized according to procedure 1 starting with the amino acid at position P5, coupled to the resin. The linear peptides are synthesized on solid support according to procedure 1 in the following sequence: P6-P7-P8-P9-P10-P11-^(D)Pro-Pro-P1-P2-P3-P4-P5-resin, where at positions P2 and P10 Fmoc-Cys(Acm)OH or Fmoc-Cys(Tr)OH are incorporated. The linear peptides are cleaved and cyclized as described in procedure 1.

When Cys(Acm) was incorporated as protected building block, the cyclized side chain protected β-hairpin mimetics are dissolved in methanol (0.5 ml) to which is added dropwise a solution of iodine in methanol (1N, 1.5 equiv.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred for 4 hours at room temperature and the solvent evaporated. The crude product is subsequently deprotected and purified as described in procedure 1.

When Cys(Tr) was incorporated as protected cysteine building block, the cyclic fully protected protected β-hairpin mimetics are treated with a mixture containing trifluoro acetic acid/thioanisol/phenol/H₂O/ethane-dithiol/triisopropylsilane (82.5:5:5:2.5:2.5:2.5) at room temperature for 2 hours. The reduced peptide is subjected to air oxidation by stirring for 30 minutes in ammonium acetate buffer and purified as in procedure 1.

2. Synthesis of the Templates

2.1. The syntheses of (2S,4S)-4-[(allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]-proline (212) and (2S,4R)-4-[(allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy-carbonyl]proline (217) are shown in Schemes 42 and 43.

(2S,4S)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]-proline (212)

i,ii: To a solution of (2S,4R)₄-hydroxyproline (30 g, 0.18 mol) in abs. methanol (300 ml) at 0° C. thionyl chloride (38 ml, 25 eq, 0.45 mol) was added dropwise. The solution was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h under nitrogen. Then the solution was concentrated by rotary evaporation and the ester precipitated by adding diethylether. After filtration the white solid was washed with diethylether, then dried at HV: (2S,4R)-4-hydroxyproline-methylester.hydrochloride as a white solid (29.9 g, 90%).%). TLC (CH₂Cl₂MeOH/water 70:28:2): R_(f) 0.82. [α]_(D) ²⁰=−24.5 (c=1.01, MeOH). IR (KBr): 3378s br.), 2950m, 2863w, 1745s, 1700s, 1590m, 1450s, 1415s, 1360s, 1215s, 1185s, 1080 m, 700m. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) 4.66-4.55 (m, 2H, H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.85 (s, 3H, H₃C—O); 3.45 (dd, J=12.2, 3.8, 1H, H—C(5)); 3.37-3.25 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.44-2.34 (m, 1H, H—C(3)), 2.27-2.12 (m, 1H, H—C(3)). ¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 170.8 (s, COOMe); 70.8 (d, C(4)); 59.6 (d, C(2)); 55.2 (t, C(5)); 54.2 (q, Me); 38.7 (t, C(3)). CI-MS (NH₃): 146.1 ([M-Cl]⁺).

(30 g, 0.17 mmol) of the above intermediate was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (300 ml), cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (45 ml, 1.5 eq, 0.25 mol) was added dropwise. Then di-tert.-butyldicarbonate (54.0 g, 1.5 eq, 0.25 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (15 ml) and 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (2.50 g, 0.1 eq, 17 mmol) was added and the solution stirred at room temperature overnight. Then the solution was washed with 1N aq. citric acid solution, sat aq. NaHCO₃ solution, dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated and the residue dried at high vaccum: (2S,4R)-4-Hydroxy-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline-methylester (209) as a white solid (39.6 g, 78%). TLC (CH₂Cl₂/MeOH 9:1): R_(f) 0.55. [α]_(D) ²⁴=−55.9 (c=0.983, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3615w, 3440w (br.), 2980m, 2950m, 2880m, 1750s, 1705s, 1680s, 1480m, 1410s, 1370s, 1340m, 1200s, 1160s, 1130m, 1090m, 1055w, 960w, 915w, 895w, 855m, 715m. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 4.47-4.37 (m, 2H, H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.73 (s, 3H, H₃C—O)); 3.62 (dd, J=11.8, 4.1, 1H, H—C(S)); 3.54-3.44 (m, 1H, H—C(S)); 2.32-2.25 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.10-2.03 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.46+1.41 (2s, 9H, tBu). ¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃): 173.6 (s, COOMe); 154.3+153.9 (2s, COOtBu); 80.3 (s, C-tBu); 70.0+69.3 (2d, C(4)); 57.9+57.4 (2d, C(2)); 54.6 (t, C(5)); 51.9 (q, Me); 39.0+38.4 (2t, C(3)); 28.1+27.6 (2g, tBu). CI-MS: 246.2 ([M+H]⁺); 190.1 ([M-tBu+H]⁺); 146.1 ([M-BOC+H]⁺).

iii,iv: (39 g, 0.16 mol) of 209 was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (300 ml) followed by addition of 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (46 g, 1.3 eq, 0.21 mol) and Et₃N (33 ml, 1.5 eq, 0.24 mol) at 0° C. Then the solution was stirred overnight and brought gradually to room temperature, washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvents were evaporated and the crude product was purified by filtration on silica gel with (2:1) hexane/AcOEt The product was crystallized from hexane/AcOEt: (2S,4S)-4-[(p-nitrobenzyl)sulfonyloxy]-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline methylester as white crystals (46.4 g, 65%). TLC (hexane/AcOEt 1:1): R_(f) 0.78. M.p.: 93-95° C. [α]_(D) ²⁰=−32.3° (c=0.907, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3110w, 3071w, 2971w, 1745s, 1696s, 1609s, 1532s, 1414s, 1365s, 1348m, 1289m, 1190m, 1173m, 1122w, 1097w, 1043w, 954w, 912w, 755w, 578w. ¹H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl₃): 8.42-8.34 (m, 2H, H—C(Nos)); 8.11-8.04 (m, 2H, H—C(Nos)); 5.14 (s, 1H, H—C(4)); 4.39-4.28 (m, 1H, H—C(2)); 3.70-3.56 (m, 5H, H₂—C(5), H₃C—O); 2.58-2.38 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.25-2.11 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.37+1.33 (2s, 9H, tBu). ¹³C-NMR (150 M CDCl₃): 172.4+172.2 (2s, COOMe); 153.6+153.0 (2s, COOtBu); 150.8+142.0 (2s, C(Nos)); 129.0+124.6 (2d, C(Nos)); 80.4 (3, C-tBu); 80.8+79.9 (2d, C(4)); 57.1+56.9 (2d, C(2)); 52.2+51.7 (2t, C(S)); 52.3 (q, Me); 37.1+35.9 (2t, C(3)); 28.0 (q, tBu). ESI-MS (MeOH+NaI): 453.0 ([M+Na]⁺).

(38 g, 88 mmol) of the above intermediate was dissolved in DMF (450 ml) then heated to 40° C. when sodium azide (34 g, 6 eq, 0.53 mol) was added and the solution stirred overnight. DMF was evaporated and the solid suspended in diethylether. The suspension was washed with water and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated and the product dried at high vacuum: (2S,4S)-4-Azido-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline methylester (210) yellow oil (21.1 g, 88%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=−36.9 (c=0.965, CHCl₃). ¹H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl₃): 4.46-4.25 (2m, 1H, H—C(2)); 4.20-4.10 (n, 1H, H—C(4)); 3.80-3.65 (m, 4H, H—C(5), H₃C—O); 3.53-3.41 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.54-2.39 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.21-2.12 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.47+1.41 (2s, 9H, tBu). ¹³C-NMR (150 MHz, CDCl₃): 172.2+171.9 (2s, COOMe); 153.9+153.4 (2s, COOtBu); 80.5 (s, C-tBu); 59.2+58.2 (2d, C(4)); 57.7+57.3 (2d, C(2)); 52.4+52.2 (2q, Me); 51.2+50.7 (2t, C(5)); 36.0+35.0 (2t, C(3)); 28.3+28.2 (2q, tBu). EI-MS (70ev): 270.1 ([M]⁺); 227.1 ([M—CO₂+H]⁺); 169.1 ([M-BOC+H]⁺).

v, vi: (21.1 g, 78 mmol) of the above intermediate was dissolved in a (3:1)-mixture of dioxane/water (500 ml) and SnCl₂ (59.2 g, 4 eq, 0.31 mol) was added at 0 and the solution stirred for 30 min. and graduallly brought to room temperature and stirred for another 5 h. After adjusting the pH to 8 with solid NaHCO₃, allyl chloroformate (41.5 ml, 5 eq, 0.39 mol) was added and the solution stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was evaporated and extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), the solvent evaporated and the product was dried at high vacuum: (2S,4S) [(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline methylester (211) as a clear thick oil (22.3 g, 87%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=−30.2° (c=1.25, CHCl₃). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 5.98-5.77 (m, 1H, H—C(β)(Alloc)); 5.32-5.12 (m, 2H, H₂—C(γ)(Alloc); 4.59-4.46 (m, 2H, H₂—C(α)(Alloc)); 4.40-4.16 (m, 2H, H—C(4), HC(2)); 3.80-3.53 (m, 4H, H—C(5), H₃C—O); 3.53-3.31 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.54-2.17 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.98-1.84 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.41+1.37 (2s, 9H, tBu). ESI-MS (MeOH+CH₂Cl₂): 351.2 ([M+Na]⁺); 229.0 ([M-BOC+H]⁺).

vii-ix: 22 g, 67 mmol) of 211 was dissolved in a (4:1)-mixture of methanol/water (100 ml) and LiOH (5 g, 2 eq, 134 mmol) was added at room temperature and the solution stirred for 3.5 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated and extracted with 1N hydrochloric acid (100 ml) and AcOEt. The solvent was removed and the resulting solid dissolved in 1:1 TFA/CH₂Cl₂ (200 ml) and stirred for 2 h. The solvents were evaporated and the product dried at high vacuum: (2S,4S)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]proline as a clear oil (21 g, 96%) ¹H-NMR (600 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 5.98-5.85 (m, 1H, H—C(γ)(Alloc)); 5.30 (dd, J=17.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H, H—C(γ)(Alloc)); 5.12 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H, H—C(γ)(Alloc)); 4.54 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H, H₂—C(α)(Alloc)); 4.44 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, H—C(2)); 4.36-4.27 (m, 1H, H—C(4)); 3.58 (dd, J=12.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H, H—C(5)); 3.34-3.32 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.73 (ddd, J=13.6, 8.7, 7.2 Hz, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.23-2.15 (m, 1H, HC(3)). ¹³C-NMR (150 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 171.3 (s, COOMe); 158.3 (s, COOAllyl); 134.1 (d, C(β)(Alloc)); 118.0 (t, C(γ)(Alloc)); 66.8 (t, C(α)(Alloc)); 59.7 (d, C(2)); 51.3 (d, C(4)); 51.1 (t, C(5)); 34.9 (t, C(3)). ESI-MS (DCM+MeOH): 237.0 ([M+Na]⁺); 215.0 ([M+H]⁺).

(15 g, 70 mmol) of the above intermediate and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonylsuccinimid (28 g, 1.2 eq, 84 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (700 ml) and DIEA (48 ml, 6 eq, 0.42 mol) was added and the solution stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in AcOEt and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid and dried (Na₂SO₄). After evaporation, the crude product was purified by filtration on silica gel with a gradient of (3:1) hexane/AcOEt to AcOEt. The solvent was evaporated and the residue crystallized from hexane at −20° C. The product was dried at high vacuum: (2S,4)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]-proline (212) as a white solid (23.8 mg, 78%) [α]_(D) ²⁰=−27.0 (c=1.1, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3321w (br.), 3066w, 2953w, 1707s, 1530m, 1451s, 1422s, 1354m, 1250m, 1205m, 1173m, 1118m, 1033m, 977m, 936m, 759m, 739s, 621m, 597w, 571w, 545s. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, MeOHA-d₄): 7.88-7.78 (m, 2H, H—C(4′)(Fmoc)); 7.71-7.61 (m, 2H, H—C(1′)(Fmoc)); 7.49-7.29 (m, 4H, H—C(3′)(Fmoc), H—C(2′)(Fmoc)); 6.08-5.68 (m, 1H, H—C(β)(Alloc)); 5.41-5.17 (m, 2H, H₂C(γ)(Alloc); 4.58 (s, 2H, H₂—C(α)(Alloc)); 4.74-4.17 (m, 5H, H₂—C(10′)(Fmoc), H—C(9′)(Fmoc), H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.94-3.73 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 3.41-3.26 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.74-2.54 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.12-1.92 (m, 1H, H—C(3)). ESI-MS (DCM+MeOH): 459.3 ([M+Na]); 437.3 ([M+H]⁺).

2.2. (2R,4S)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]-proline (217)

i: A solution of acetic anhydride (1.02 kg, 53eq, 10 mol) in glacial acetic acid (3 l) was heated to 50° C. and (2S,4R)-4-hydroxyproline (208) (247 g, 1.88 mol) was added in one portion.

The solution was refluxed for 5.5 h., cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure giving a thick oil. The oil was then dissolved in 2N hydrochloric acid (3.5 l) and heated to reflux for 4 h and treated with charcoal and filtered through Celite. As the solution was evaporated, white needles formed, which were filtered. The product was dried at high vacuum: (2R,4R)-4-hydroxyproline-hydrochloride (213) white cryst. needles (220.9 g, 70%). M.p.: 117° C. [α]_(D) ²⁰=+19.3° (c=1.04, water). IR (KBr): 3238s 3017s, 2569m, 1712s, 1584m, 1376s, 1332m, 1255s, 1204m, 1181w, 1091w, 1066w, 994w, 725m, 499s. ¹H-NMR (600 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 9.64 (s, 1H, H—N); 8.89 (s, 1H, H—N); 4.55-4.53 (m, 1H, H—C(4)); 4.51 (dd, J=10.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H, H—C(2)); 3.44-3.35 (m, 2H, H₂—C(5)); 2.54-2.48 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.40-2.34 (m, 1H, H—C(3)). ¹³C-NMR (150 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 171.9 (s, COOH); 70.3 (d, C(4)); 59.6 (d, C(2)); 55.0 (t, C(5)); 38.5 (t, C(3)). EI-MS (NH₃): 132.1 ([M-Cl]⁺). The filtrate was further concentrated to give an additional 59.5 g (19%).

ii,iii: To a solution of 213 (30 g, 0.18 mol) in abs. methanol (550 ml) was added dropwise at 0° C. thionyl chloride (38 ml, 2.5 eq, 0.45 mol). The solution refluxed for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was evaporated and the ester hydrochloride precipitated by adding diethylether. After filtration the white solid was washed with diethylether and dried at high vacuum: (2R,4R)-4-hydroxyproline methylester-hydrochloride white solid (29 g, 89%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=+8.6° (c=0.873, MeOH). IR (KBr): 3388s (br.), 2980s (br.), 1730s, 1634m, 1586s, 1384s, 1248s, 1095s, 1064s, 1030m, 877m. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 4.59-4.44 (m, 2H, H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.81 (s, 3H, H₃C—O); 3.37-3.31 (m, 2H, H₂—C(5)); 2.50-2.37 (m, 1H, H—C(3)), 2.37-2.27 (m, 1H, H—C(3)). ¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 170.9 (s, COOMe); 70.2 (d, C(4)); 59.8 (d, C(2)); 55.1 (t, C(S));)); 54.1 (q, C(Me)); 38.4 (t, C(3)). EI-MS (NH₃): 146.1 ([M-Cl]⁺).

(10 g, 55 mmol) of the above intermediate was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (100 ml), cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (15.2 ml, 2 eq, 0.11 mol) was added dropwise. Then di-tert.-butyldicarbonate (18.0 g, 1.5 eq, 83 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 ml) and 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.67 g, 0.1 eq, 5 mmol) were added and the solution was stirred at RT overnight. The solution was washed with 1M aq. citric acid solution and sat. aqueous NaHCO₃ solution, dried (Na₂SO₄), the solvents evaporated and dried at high vaccum: (2R,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-[(tert-butoxy)-carbonyl]prolinemethylester (214) as a white solid (13 g, 97%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=+13.0° (c=1.06, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3466s (br.), 2985s, 2930m, 1729s, 1679s, 1424s, 1283m, 1262m, 1122s, 1089s, 969 m, 770m. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 4.43-4.26 (m, 2H, H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.80+3.79 (2s, 3H, H₃C—O)); 3.76-3.47 (m, 2H, H₂C(5)); 2.44-2.24 (m, 1H, HC(3)); 2.16-2.03 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.47+1.43 (2s, 9H, tBu). ESI-MS: 268.1 ([M+Na]⁺).

iv,v: 214 (12.2 g, 50 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (130 ml), cooled to 0° C. and 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (14.3 g, 1.3 eq, 65 mmol) and Et₃N (10.3 ml, 1.5 eq, 75 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and gradually brought to room temperature. The solution was washed with 1N-hydrochloric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution, dried (Na₂SO₄), the solvents were evaporated and the crude product was purified by filtration on silica gel with (2:1)-mixture of hexane/AcOEt: 18 g (84%). The product was then recrystallized from hexane/AcOEt: (2R,4R)-4-[(p-nitrobenzyl)sulfonyloxy]-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline-methylester as white crystals (13.7 g, 64%). TLC (hexane/AcOEt 1:1): R_(f) 0.76. M.p.: 113-115° C. [α]_(D) ²⁰=+21.6° (c=0.924, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3112s (br.), 2981s, 2955s, 2882 m, 1755s, 1683s, 1532s, 1413s, 1375s, 1348s, 1192s, 928s, 911s, 759m, 745s, 610s. ¹H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl₃): 8.45-8.35 (m, 2H, H—C(Nos)); 8.15-8.06 (m, 2H, H—C(Nos)); 5.27-5.16 (m, 1H, H—C(4)); 4.53-4.32 (m, 1H, H—C(2)); 3.75-3.60 (m, 5H, H₂—C(5), H₃C—O); 2.59-2.35 (m, 2H, H₂—C(3)); 1.42+1.39 (2s, 9H, tBu). ¹³C-NMR (150 MHz, CDCl₃): 171.8+171.6 (s, COOMe); 153.8+153.4 (s, COOtBu); 151.0+142.6 (s, C(Nos)); 129.2+124.7 (d, C(Nos)); 81.0 (s, C-tBu); 80.8+79.7 (d, C(4)); 57.4+57.1 (d, C(2)); 52.6+52.5+52.3+51.8 (t, C(S), q, Me); 37.2+36.3 (t, C(3)); 28.5+28.3 (q, tBu). ESI-MS (DCM+MeOH+NaI): 453.2 ([M+Na]⁺).

(13 g, 30 mmol) of the above intermediate was dissolved in DMF (200 ml), heated to 40° C. and sodium azide (14.3 g, 6 eq, 180 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred over-night. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue suspended in diethylether. The suspension was filtered, the filtrate washed with water and the organic phase dried(Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated and the product dried at high vacuum: (2R,4S)-4-azido-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]prolinemethylester (215) as a yellow oil (8.15 g, 99%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=+42.8° (c=1.05, CHCl₃). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 4.58-40.37 (m, 1H, H—C(2)); 4.34-4.23 (m, 1H, H—C(4)); 3.92-3.51 (m, 5H, H₂—C(5)), H₃C—O); 2.52-2.33 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 2.33-2.20 (m, 1H, H—C(3)); 1.56+1.51 (2s, 9H, tBu). CI-MS (NH₃): 288.2 ([M+NH₄]⁺); 271.1 ([M+H]⁺).

vi,vii: 215 (8 g, 30 mmol) was dissolved in a (3:1)-mixture of dioxane/water (400 ml), cooled to 0° C. and SnCl₂ (22.4 g, 4 eq, 120 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min. at 0°, gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred for another 5h. After adjusting the pH of the solution to 8 with solid NaHCO₃, allyl chloroformate (15.7 ml, 5 eq, 150 mmol) was added. The reaction mire was stirred overnight at room temperature, evaporated and extracted with AcOEt and the organic phase washed with brine. After drying the organic phase (Na₂SO₄), the solvent was evaporated and the product dried at high vacuum: (2R,4S)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]proline-methylester as a clear thick oil (216) (8.7 g, 89%). [α]_(D) ²⁰=+41.9° (c=0.928, CHCl₃). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 5.98-5.87 (m, 1H, H—C(β)(Alloc)); 5.34-5.02 (m, 2H, H₂—C(α)(Alloc); 4.62-4.49 (m, 21, H₂C(α)(Alloc)); 4.41-4.23 (m, 2H, H—C(4), H—C(2)); 3.82-3.66 (m, 41, HC(5), H₃C—O); 3.43-3.20 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.33-2.07 (m, 2H, H₂—C(3)); 1.43+1.39 (2s, 9H, tBu). CI-MS (NH₃): 329.1 ([M+H]⁺).

vii-x: 216 (8.4 g, 25 mmol) was dissolved in (4:1)-mixture of methanol/water (100 ml) at room temperature, LiOH (2.2 g, 2 eq, 50 mmol) added and the solution stirred overnight. Methanol was evaporated and the residue poured onto 1N hydrochloric acid (100 ml) and extracted with AcOEt. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in (1:1)-mixture of TFA/CH₂Cl₂ (200 ml) and stirred for 2 h. The solvents were evaporated and the product dried at high vaccum: (2R,4R)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]proline as a clear oil (5.2 g, 96%) ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄): 6.04-5.88 (m, 1H, H₂—C(β)(Alloc)); 5.38-5.19 (m, 2H, H₂—C(γ)(Alloc); 4.64-4.54 (m, 3H, H₂—C(α)(Alloc), H—C(4)); 4.39-4.22 (m, 1H, H—C(2)); 3.71-3.60 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 3.45-3.32 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.51-2.41 (m, 2H, H₂C(3)). CI-MS (NH₃): 215.1 ([M+H]⁺).

(200 mg, 0.86 mmol) of the above intermediate and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonylsuccinimide (440 mg, 1.5 eq, 1.3 mmol) were dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (10 ml) and DIEA (466 μl, 4 eq, 3.44 mmol) was added, and the solution stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in AcOEt, washed with 1N hydrochloric acid dried (Na₂SO₄). After evaporation, the crude product was purified by filtration over silica gel with first a gradient of (3:1) hexane/AcOEt to AcOEt. The solvent was coevaporated with CH₂Cl₂ and the product dried at high vacuum: (2R,4S)-4-[(Allyloxy)carbonylamino]-1-[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy-cabonyl]-proline (217) white solid (90 mg, 33%) [α]_(D) ²⁰=+29.3 (c=1.08, CHCl₃). IR (KBr): 3314s (br.), 3066s (br.), 2952s (br.), 1708s (br.), 1536m, 1424s, 1353s, 1126m, 1030m, 909m, 759m, 738s, 620m. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 8.74 (s, 1H, H—N); 7.79-7.66 (m, 2H, H—C(4′)(fmoc)); 7.62-7.49 (m, 2H, H—C(1′)(fmoc)); 7.44-7.22 (m, 4H, H—C(3′)(fmoc), H—C(2′)(fmoc)); 6.03-5.74 (m, 1H, H—C(β)(Alloc)); 5.41-5.07 (m, 2H, H₂—C(γ)(Alloc); 4.74-4.17 (m, 7H, H₂—C(10′)(fmoc), H—C(9′)(fmoc), H—C(4), H—C(2), H₂—C(α)(Alloc)); 3.91-3.76 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 3.48-3.25 (m, 1H, H—C(5)); 2.45-2.08 (m, 2H, H₂—C(3)). ESI-MS (MeOH): 437.3 ([M+H]⁺; ESI-MS (MeOH+Na): 459.1 ([M+Na]⁺).

2.3. Starting from derivatives 210 and 215 the key precursors 219a and 221a can be prepared according to Scheme 44.

R⁶⁴: N-Hexyl (219a, 221a)

i, ii: Typical Procedures

To a solution of 78 mmol of azides 210 and 215 in a (3:1)-mixture of dioxane/water (500 ml) was added at 0° C. SnCl₂ (59.2 g, 4 eq, 0.31 mol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was gradually warmed up to room temperature and stirred for another 5 hours. After adjusting the pH to 8 with solid NaHCO₃, the reaction mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂, the organic fraction dried (MgSO₄), evaporated and the residue dried under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (300 ml), cooled to 4° with an ice bath, followed by addition of DIEA (20.0 ml, 117 mmol) and a solution of the appropriate acid chloride R^(64′)COCl (101.0 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 ml) at 4° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 4° and for 18 hours at room temperature and extracted with HCl aq. (0.5N, 200 ml) and CH₂Cl₂. The organic fraction was dried (MgSO₄), evaporated and the residue chromatographed on SiO₂ with gradients of ethylacetate/hexane yielding 218a and 220a, which were converted into the final products 219a and 221a as described for the conversion of 216 into 217. The overall yields were 50-60%.

Templates (b1):

Synthesis of (2S,6S,8aR)-8a-{[(tert.-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}perhydro-5,8-dioxo-{[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]amino}-pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazine-6-acetic Acid (222)

To a stirred solution of 250 mg (0.414 mmol) of allyl {(2S,6S,8aR)-8a-[(tert.-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}perhydro-5,8-dioxo-([(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxycarbonyl]amino)-pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazin-6-acetate in a degassed mixture of dichloromethane/methanol (9:1, 3 ml) were added under argon 25 mg (0.0216 mmol) of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, 0.05 ml of acetic acid and 0.025 ml of N-methylmorpholine. The reaction mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature and poured onto water and dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), evaporated and the residue chromatographed on SiO₂ with dichloromethane/methanol (9:1) to yield 180 mg (77%) of (2S,6S,8aR)-8a-{[(tert.butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}perhydro-5,8-dioxo-{[(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-methoxycarbonyl]amino}-pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazine-6-acetic acid (222) as a white powder.

¹H-NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-₆): 8.30 (s, 1H); 7.88 (d, J=7.2, 2H); 7.67 (d, J=7.4, 2H); 7.62 (br.s, 1H); 7.41 (t, J=7.2, 2H); 7.33 (t, J=7.4, 2H); 4.35-4.2 (m, 5H); 3.55 (br.d, J=6.3, 2H); 2.8-2.55 (m, 3H); 2.45-2.25 (m, 2H); 2.1-1.95 (m, 1H); 1.35 (s, 9H); MS(ESI): 586.1 (M+Na)⁺, 564.1 (M+H)⁺.

Templates (c1)

Experimental procedure described in W. Bannwarth, A. Knierzinger, K. Müller, D. Obrecht, A. Trzeciak, EP 0 592 791 A2, 1993.

3. Biological Methods

3.1. Enzymatic Assays

The active enzyme concentrations were calculated using the equation described by Hendersen (P. J. F. Hendersen, Biochem. J. 1972, 127, 321-333). The inhibitor concentrations were determined by quantitative amino acid analysis. All assays were repeated in quadruplicate.

Determination of Antitrypsin Activity

As above, except the substrate was N-succinyl-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanin-4-nitroanilide (N-succinyl—SEQ ID NO:16—4-nitroanilide; 1.6 mM).

Apparent Ki values were calculated by fitting the initial rate data to the following equation, which assumes competitive tight-binding inhibition (J. F. Williams, J. F. Morrison, Methods Enzymol. 1979, 63, 437-467):

$v = {\frac{v_{o}}{2E_{l}}\left\lbrack {E_{l} - I_{l} - K_{i} + \sqrt{\left( {I_{l} + K_{i} - E_{l}} \right)^{2} + {4K_{l}I_{l}}}} \right\rbrack}$ Determination of Anti Cathepsin G Activity

10 ml of a solution of cathepsin G (0.2 U/mL, corresponding to around 2 μM, purchased from Calbiochem) were incubated for 15 minutes with increasing concentrations of inhibitor. The assays were carried out at 37° C. in a total volume of 700 μl of HEPES buffer (pH 7.5; 0.1 mol/L) containing 0.05 mol/L CaCl₂. Then, 70 μl of the following substrate at 20 mM in DMSO were added (—N-succinyl-L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanin-4-nitroanilide, (N-succinyl—SEQ ID NO:16—4-nitroanilide). The release of of p-nitroanilide was monitored at 405 nm to determine the initial velocities of the reactions. Each measurement was reproduced three times (A. J. Barrett, Methods in Enzymology 1981, 80, 561-565).

3.2. Results

Ki (nM) Ki (nM) Ki (nM) Example Trypsin Chymotrypsin Cathepsin G Ex. 1 100 >10,000 100,000 Ex. 2 1500 Nd Nd Ex. 3 >10,000 Nd Nd Ex. 4 700 Nd Nd Ex. 5 1900 Nd Nd Ex. 6 >25,000 Nd Nd Ex. 7 110 Nd Nd Ex. 8 710 Nd Nd Ex. 9 >25,000 4400 Nd Ex. 10 >20,000 1400 Nd Ex. 11 >20,000 4700 Nd Ex. 15 21 3800 10,000 Nd: not determined 

1. Compounds of the general formula

is the group ^(D)Pro-^(L)Pro; Z is a chain of n α-amino acid residues, n being the integer 7 or 11, the positions of said amino acid residues in said chain being counted starting from the N-terminal amino acid; and either —n is 7; and the amino acid residues in positions 1-7 are: —P1: Thr; P2: Lys; P3: Ser; P4: Ile; P5: Pro; P6: Pro; P7: Ile; or —P1: Thr; P2: Lys; P3: Ala; P4: Ile; P5: Pro; P6: Pro; P7: Ile; or —P1: Thr; P2: Lys; P3: Ser; P4: Ile; P5: Pro; P6: Ala; P7: Ile; or —P1: Thr; P2: Lys; P3: Ser; P4: Ile; P5: Pro; P6: Pro; P7: Ala; or —n is 11: and the amino acid residues in positions 1-11 are: —P1: Arg; P2: Cys; P3: Thr; P4: Lys; P5: Ser; P6: Ile; P7: Pro; P8: Pro; P9: Ile; P10: Cys; P11: Phe; the two Cys residues forming a disulfide bridge; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
 2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically inert carrier.
 3. A process for the manufacture of compounds or salts according to claim 1, which process comprises: (a) coupling an appropriately functionalized solid support with an appropriately N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired end product is in position n/2+½ or n/2−½, any functional group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise appropriately protected; (b) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; (c) coupling the product thus obtained with an appropriately N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired end-product is one position nearer the N-terminal amino acid residue, any functional group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise appropriately protected; (d) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; (e) repeating, if necessary, steps (c) and (d) until the N-terminal amino acid residue has been introduced; (f) coupling the product thus obtained to a compound of the general formula

is as defined above and X is an N-protecting group or, alternatively (fa) coupling the product obtained in step (d) or (e) with an appropriately N-protected derivative of ^(D)Pro; (fb) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; and (fc) coupling the product thus obtained with an appropriately N-protected derivative of ^(L)Pro; (g) removing the N-protecting group from the product obtained in step (f) or (fc); (h) coupling the product thus obtained to an appropriately N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired end-product is in position n, any functional group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise appropriately protected; (i) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; (j) coupling the product thus obtained to an appropriately N-protected derivative of that amino acid which in the desired end-product is one position farther away from position n, any functional group which may be present in said N-protected amino acid derivative being likewise appropriately protected; (k) removing the N-protecting group from the product thus obtained; (l) repeating, if necessary, steps (j) and (k) until all amino acid residues have been introduced; (m) if desired, selectively deprotecting one or several protected functional group(s) present in the molecule and appropriately substituting the reactive group(s) thus liberated; (o) detaching the product thus obtained from the solid support; (p) cyclizing the product cleaved from the solid support; (q) if desired, forming an interstrand linkage between side-chains of appropriate amino acid residues at opposite positions of the 13-strand region; (r) removing any protecting groups present on functional groups of any members of the chain of amino acid residues and, if desired, any protecting group(s) which may in addition be present in the molecule; and (s) if desired, converting the product thus obtained into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or converting a pharmaceutically acceptable, or unacceptable, salt thus obtained into the corresponding free compound of formula I or into a different, pharmaceutically acceptable, salt.
 4. A method for inhibiting serine proteases which comprises administering to a patient in need of such inhibition an effective amount of a compound or salt according to claim
 1. 